1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "dummy-frame.h"
66 #include "gdbsupport/format.h"
67 #include "thread-fsm.h"
68 #include "tid-parse.h"
69 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
71 /* readline include files */
72 #include "readline/tilde.h"
74 /* readline defines this. */
77 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
78 #include "extension.h"
80 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
81 #include "gdbsupport/array-view.h"
82 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h"
84 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
86 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
87 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
89 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
92 create_sals_from_location_default (struct event_location
*location
,
93 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
94 enum bptype type_wanted
);
96 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
97 struct linespec_result
*,
98 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
99 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
101 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
103 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
104 int, int, int, unsigned);
106 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
107 (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
108 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
110 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
111 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
113 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
115 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
117 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
118 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
119 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
121 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
123 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
124 struct symtab_and_line
,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
128 static struct breakpoint
*
129 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
131 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
134 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
136 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
140 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
141 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
142 struct obj_section
*, int);
144 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
145 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
147 static int breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
148 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
149 bool sw_hw_bps_match
= false);
151 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
152 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
155 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
156 const address_space
*,
159 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
160 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
162 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
164 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
166 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
170 int *other_type_used
);
172 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
175 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
177 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
179 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
180 insert locations now. */
181 enum ugll_insert_mode
183 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
184 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
185 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
186 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
187 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
188 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
189 returns true on them.
191 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
192 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
193 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
194 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
195 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
196 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
200 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
201 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
204 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
205 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
206 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
207 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
208 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
209 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
210 as no thread is running yet. */
214 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
216 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
218 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
220 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
222 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
224 static bool is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
226 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
229 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
231 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
232 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
233 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
234 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
236 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
237 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
239 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
240 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
242 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
244 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
246 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
247 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
249 /* Tracepoints set on probes. */
250 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
252 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
253 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
255 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
256 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
257 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
258 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
259 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
260 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
262 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
263 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
264 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
265 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
271 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
273 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
274 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
275 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
276 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
278 static char *dprintf_function
;
280 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
281 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
282 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
283 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
284 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
285 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
286 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
288 static char *dprintf_channel
;
290 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
292 static bool disconnected_dprintf
= true;
294 struct command_line
*
295 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
297 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
300 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
301 current breakpoint. */
303 static bool breakpoint_proceeded
;
306 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
308 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
309 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
311 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
313 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
316 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
317 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
318 if such is available. */
319 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
322 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
323 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
326 fprintf_filtered (file
,
327 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
328 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
332 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
333 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
334 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
335 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
336 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
338 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
339 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
342 fprintf_filtered (file
,
343 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
344 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
348 /* If true, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
349 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
350 If false, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
351 use hardware breakpoints. */
352 static bool automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
354 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
355 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
358 fprintf_filtered (file
,
359 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
363 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
364 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
365 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
366 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
367 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
368 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
369 processing user input. */
370 static bool always_inserted_mode
= false;
373 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
374 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
376 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
380 /* See breakpoint.h. */
383 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
385 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
387 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
388 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
389 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
394 if (always_inserted_mode
)
396 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
401 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
402 if (inf
->has_execution ()
403 && threads_are_executing (inf
->process_target ()))
406 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
407 stopped, we still have events to process. */
408 for (thread_info
*tp
: all_non_exited_threads ())
410 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
416 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
418 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
419 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
420 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
421 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
422 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
423 condition_evaluation_auto
,
424 condition_evaluation_host
,
425 condition_evaluation_target
,
429 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
430 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
432 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
433 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
434 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
436 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
437 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
438 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
442 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
444 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
446 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
447 return condition_evaluation_target
;
449 return condition_evaluation_host
;
455 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
458 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
460 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
463 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
467 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
469 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
471 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
474 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
475 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
477 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
478 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
480 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
481 bool target_exact_watchpoints
= false;
483 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
484 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
485 current breakpoint. */
487 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
488 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
489 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
492 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
494 static struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
496 /* See breakpoint.h. */
501 return breakpoint_range (breakpoint_chain
);
504 /* See breakpoint.h. */
506 breakpoint_safe_range
507 all_breakpoints_safe ()
509 return breakpoint_safe_range (all_breakpoints ());
512 /* See breakpoint.h. */
517 return tracepoint_range (breakpoint_chain
);
520 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_is_less_than - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
522 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> bp_locations
;
524 /* See breakpoint.h. */
526 const std::vector
<bp_location
*> &
532 /* Range to iterate over breakpoint locations at a given address. */
534 struct bp_locations_at_addr_range
536 using iterator
= std::vector
<bp_location
*>::iterator
;
538 bp_locations_at_addr_range (CORE_ADDR addr
)
542 bool operator() (const bp_location
*loc
, CORE_ADDR addr_
) const
543 { return loc
->address
< addr_
; }
545 bool operator() (CORE_ADDR addr_
, const bp_location
*loc
) const
546 { return addr_
< loc
->address
; }
549 auto it_pair
= std::equal_range (bp_locations
.begin (), bp_locations
.end (),
552 m_begin
= it_pair
.first
;
553 m_end
= it_pair
.second
;
556 iterator
begin () const
559 iterator
end () const
567 /* Return a range to iterate over all breakpoint locations exactly at address
570 If it's needed to iterate multiple times on the same range, it's possible
571 to save the range in a local variable and use it multiple times:
573 auto range = all_bp_locations_at_addr (addr);
575 for (bp_location *loc : range)
578 for (bp_location *loc : range)
581 This saves a bit of time, as it avoids re-doing the binary searches to find
582 the range's boundaries. Just remember not to change the bp_locations vector
583 in the mean time, as it could make the range's iterators stale. */
585 static bp_locations_at_addr_range
586 all_bp_locations_at_addr (CORE_ADDR addr
)
588 return bp_locations_at_addr_range (addr
);
591 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
592 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
593 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
594 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
595 an address you need to read. */
597 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
599 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
600 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
601 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
602 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
603 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
605 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
607 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
608 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
609 reported by a target. */
610 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
612 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
614 static int breakpoint_count
;
616 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
617 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
618 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
619 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
620 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
622 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
624 static int tracepoint_count
;
626 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
627 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
628 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
630 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
633 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
636 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
637 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
643 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
645 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
647 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
650 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
653 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
655 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
656 breakpoint_count
= num
;
657 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
660 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
661 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
662 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
664 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
667 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
669 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
672 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
675 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
677 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
680 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
683 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
685 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
690 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
691 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
694 get_breakpoint (int num
)
696 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
697 if (b
->number
== num
)
705 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
706 evaluating conditions on its side. */
709 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
711 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
712 evaluating conditions and if the user has
713 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
715 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
716 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
719 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
722 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
723 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
726 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
727 evaluating conditions on its side. */
730 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
732 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
733 evaluating conditions and if the user has
734 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
736 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
737 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
741 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
744 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
747 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
748 condition_evaluation_mode. */
751 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
752 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
754 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
756 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
757 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
759 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
760 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
761 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
765 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
766 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
768 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
769 settings was "auto". */
770 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
772 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
773 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
775 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
776 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
778 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
779 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
782 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
784 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
786 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
787 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
791 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
792 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
793 target knows about. */
794 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
795 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
796 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
800 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
806 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
807 what "auto" is translating to. */
810 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
811 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
813 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
814 fprintf_filtered (file
,
815 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
816 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
818 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
820 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
824 /* Parse COND_STRING in the context of LOC and set as the condition
825 expression of LOC. BP_NUM is the number of LOC's owner, LOC_NUM is
826 the number of LOC within its owner. In case of parsing error, mark
827 LOC as DISABLED_BY_COND. In case of success, unset DISABLED_BY_COND. */
830 set_breakpoint_location_condition (const char *cond_string
, bp_location
*loc
,
831 int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
833 bool has_junk
= false;
836 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&cond_string
, loc
->address
,
837 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
838 if (*cond_string
!= 0)
842 loc
->cond
= std::move (new_exp
);
843 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
844 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
845 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
848 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
851 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
855 /* Warn if a user-enabled location is now becoming disabled-by-cond.
856 BP_NUM is 0 if the breakpoint is being defined for the first
857 time using the "break ... if ..." command, and non-zero if
860 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d.%d, "
861 "disabling:\n %s"), bp_num
, loc_num
, e
.what ());
863 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d, "
864 "disabling:\n %s"), loc_num
, e
.what ());
867 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
871 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), cond_string
);
875 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
876 int from_tty
, bool force
)
880 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
881 b
->cond_string
= nullptr;
883 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
884 static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
)->cond_exp
.reset ();
888 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
891 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
892 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
893 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
895 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
898 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
899 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
900 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
905 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
909 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
911 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
912 const char *arg
= exp
;
913 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
915 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
916 watchpoint
*w
= static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
);
917 w
->cond_exp
= std::move (new_exp
);
918 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
922 /* Parse and set condition expressions. We make two passes.
923 In the first, we parse the condition string to see if it
924 is valid in at least one location. If so, the condition
925 would be accepted. So we go ahead and set the locations'
926 conditions. In case no valid case is found, we throw
927 the error and the condition string will be rejected.
928 This two-pass approach is taken to avoid setting the
929 state of locations in case of a reject. */
930 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
934 const char *arg
= exp
;
935 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
936 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
938 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
941 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
943 /* Condition string is invalid. If this happens to
944 be the last loc, abandon (if not forced) or continue
946 if (loc
->next
== nullptr && !force
)
951 /* If we reach here, the condition is valid at some locations. */
953 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
955 set_breakpoint_location_condition (exp
, loc
, b
->number
, loc_num
);
960 /* We know that the new condition parsed successfully. The
961 condition string of the breakpoint can be safely updated. */
962 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
963 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (exp
);
964 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
966 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
968 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
971 /* See breakpoint.h. */
974 set_breakpoint_condition (int bpnum
, const char *exp
, int from_tty
,
977 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
978 if (b
->number
== bpnum
)
980 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
981 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
982 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
983 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
984 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
988 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
989 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
990 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
992 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, exp
, from_tty
, force
);
994 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
995 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1000 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bpnum
);
1003 /* The options for the "condition" command. */
1005 struct condition_command_opts
1008 bool force_condition
= false;
1011 static const gdb::option::option_def condition_command_option_defs
[] = {
1013 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<condition_command_opts
> {
1015 [] (condition_command_opts
*opts
) { return &opts
->force_condition
; },
1016 N_("Set the condition even if it is invalid for all current locations."),
1021 /* Create an option_def_group for the "condition" options, with
1022 CC_OPTS as context. */
1024 static inline gdb::option::option_def_group
1025 make_condition_command_options_def_group (condition_command_opts
*cc_opts
)
1027 return {{condition_command_option_defs
}, cc_opts
};
1030 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1033 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1034 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
1035 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
1037 bool has_no_arguments
= (*text
== '\0');
1038 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1039 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1040 if (gdb::option::complete_options
1041 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
))
1044 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
1045 const char *space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1052 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (1);
1053 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1054 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
1055 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
1059 /* Suggest the "-force" flag if no arguments are given. If
1060 arguments were passed, they either already include the flag,
1061 or we are beyond the point of suggesting it because it's
1062 positionally the first argument. */
1063 if (has_no_arguments
)
1064 gdb::option::complete_on_all_options (tracker
, group
);
1066 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1067 len
= strlen (text
);
1069 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1073 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1075 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1076 tracker
.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (number
));
1082 /* We're completing the expression part. Skip the breakpoint num. */
1083 const char *exp_start
= skip_spaces (space
);
1084 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (exp_start
- text
);
1086 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
1087 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
1090 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1093 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1099 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1103 /* Check if the "-force" flag was passed. */
1104 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1105 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1106 gdb::option::process_options
1107 (&p
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
);
1109 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1111 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1113 set_breakpoint_condition (bnum
, p
, from_tty
, cc_opts
.force_condition
);
1116 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1117 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1118 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1121 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1123 struct command_line
*c
;
1125 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1127 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1128 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1129 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1131 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1132 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1134 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1135 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1136 command directly. */
1137 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1138 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1140 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1141 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1145 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1147 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1150 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1153 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1155 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1156 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1157 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1161 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1163 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1166 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1169 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1171 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1174 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1177 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1178 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1182 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1183 b
= new tracepoint ();
1184 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1185 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1187 b
= new breakpoint ();
1189 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1192 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1193 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1197 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1198 struct command_line
*commands
)
1200 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1202 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1203 struct command_line
*c
;
1204 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1206 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1207 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1211 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1212 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1213 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1214 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1215 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1216 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1217 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1218 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1219 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1220 tracepoint's context. */
1221 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1223 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1225 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1226 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1227 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1228 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1229 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1230 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1233 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1234 "can be used only once"));
1239 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1243 struct command_line
*c2
;
1245 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1246 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1247 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1249 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1250 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1256 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1260 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1261 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1263 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1264 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1266 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1268 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1269 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1271 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
1272 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1273 found
.push_back (b
);
1279 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1280 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1283 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1284 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1286 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1288 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1289 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1292 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1293 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1297 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1299 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1302 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1303 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1306 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1307 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1310 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1312 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1315 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1316 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1319 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1320 breakpoint work for any task. */
1323 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1325 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1328 if (old_task
!= task
)
1329 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1333 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1334 struct command_line
*control
)
1336 counted_command_line cmd
;
1337 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1338 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1339 list of command by just typing "end". */
1340 bool cmd_read
= false;
1342 std::string new_arg
;
1344 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1346 /* Argument not explicitly given. Synthesize it. */
1347 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1348 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1350 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1351 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1355 /* Create a copy of ARG. This is needed because the "commands"
1356 command may be coming from a script. In that case, the read
1357 line buffer is going to be overwritten in the lambda of
1358 'map_breakpoint_numbers' below when reading the next line
1359 before we are are done parsing the breakpoint numbers. */
1362 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1364 map_breakpoint_numbers
1365 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1369 gdb_assert (cmd
== NULL
);
1370 if (control
!= NULL
)
1371 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1375 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1376 "%s, one per line."),
1379 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1381 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1383 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1384 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1385 validator
= do_validate
;
1387 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1392 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1394 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1396 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1398 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1404 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1406 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1409 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1410 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1412 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1413 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1414 enum command_control_type
1415 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1417 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1418 return simple_control
;
1421 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1424 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1426 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1430 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1431 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1436 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1437 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1440 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1441 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1442 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1445 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1446 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1447 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1448 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1449 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1451 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1452 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1456 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1457 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1459 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1463 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1465 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1466 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1468 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1470 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1475 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1477 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1482 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1483 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1485 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1486 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1487 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1491 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1493 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1494 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1497 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1499 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1500 shadow_contents buffer. */
1501 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1502 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1503 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1505 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1507 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1508 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1512 const unsigned char *bp
;
1513 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1516 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1517 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1518 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1520 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1522 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1524 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1525 breakpoint's INSN. */
1526 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1530 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1531 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1533 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1534 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1535 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1537 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1538 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1539 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1540 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1541 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1542 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1543 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1544 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1546 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1549 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1550 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1551 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1553 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1555 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1557 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1558 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1559 report higher one. */
1562 bc_r
= bp_locations
.size ();
1563 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1565 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1567 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1568 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1570 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1571 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1572 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1573 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1575 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1576 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1577 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1579 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1581 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1588 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1589 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1590 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1591 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1592 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1595 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1597 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1598 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1599 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1602 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1605 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1607 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations
.size (); bc
++)
1609 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1611 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1612 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1613 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1616 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1619 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1620 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1621 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1624 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1627 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1628 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1632 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1635 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1637 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1638 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1639 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1642 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1645 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1647 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1648 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1649 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1652 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1655 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1657 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1658 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1661 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1662 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1663 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1664 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1665 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1666 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1667 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1668 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1671 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1673 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1674 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1675 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1676 && !inferior_thread ()->executing
)));
1679 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1680 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1683 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1685 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1687 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1688 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1689 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1690 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1691 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1693 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1696 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1699 static struct value
*
1700 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1702 struct value
*bit_val
;
1707 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1709 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1712 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1719 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1720 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1721 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1722 to be able to report stops. */
1725 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1726 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1728 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1730 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1731 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1732 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1733 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1736 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1737 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1740 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1742 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1744 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1745 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1746 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1749 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1750 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1751 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1752 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1754 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1756 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1757 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1760 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1761 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1762 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1763 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1764 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1765 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1766 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1767 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1769 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1770 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1771 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1772 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1773 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1774 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1775 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1776 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1779 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1780 hardware watchpoints:
1782 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1783 called several times when GDB stops.
1786 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1787 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1788 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1789 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1790 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1791 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1792 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1793 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1794 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1795 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1796 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1798 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1799 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1802 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1804 int within_current_scope
;
1805 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1808 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1809 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1810 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1811 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1814 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1819 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1820 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1821 within_current_scope
= 1;
1824 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1825 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1826 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1828 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1829 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1830 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1831 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1832 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1835 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1836 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1837 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1838 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1841 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1843 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1844 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1845 if (within_current_scope
)
1849 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1850 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1851 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1854 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1859 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1860 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1861 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1862 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1863 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1864 be completely different objects. */
1866 b
->val_valid
= false;
1868 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1869 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1870 locations (re)created below. */
1871 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1873 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1876 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1880 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1881 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1882 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1883 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1884 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1885 if (!target_has_execution ())
1887 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1888 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1889 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1890 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1892 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1893 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1895 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1896 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1899 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1901 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1902 struct value
*v
, *result
;
1903 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1905 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), b
->exp
->op
.get (), &v
, &result
,
1908 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1909 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1910 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1911 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1912 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1914 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1916 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1917 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1918 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1919 b
->val_valid
= true;
1922 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1924 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1925 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1926 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1930 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1931 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1932 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1933 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1934 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1935 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1936 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1938 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1940 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1941 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1942 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1944 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1945 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1948 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1949 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1950 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1952 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1954 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1956 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1957 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1959 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1961 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1962 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1963 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1964 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1965 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1968 addr
= value_address (v
);
1971 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1976 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1978 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1981 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1982 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1985 loc
->gdbarch
= value_type (v
)->arch ();
1987 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1988 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1992 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1993 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1996 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1998 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2003 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2004 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2005 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2010 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2012 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2016 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2019 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2020 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2021 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2023 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2024 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2025 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2026 this watchpoint in as well. */
2028 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2029 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2030 hardware watchpoint type. */
2032 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2033 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2035 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2036 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2037 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2038 through watch_command), so always account for it
2041 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2042 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2044 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2045 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
2048 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2049 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2051 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
2053 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2054 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2055 "hardware watchpoint."));
2056 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2057 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2058 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2060 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2061 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2065 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2066 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2067 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2072 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
2074 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2075 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2076 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2078 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2079 "read/access watchpoint."));
2082 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2084 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2085 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2086 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
2087 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2090 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2091 above left it without any location set up. But,
2092 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2093 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2094 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
2095 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
2097 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2099 printf_filtered (_("\
2100 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2101 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2103 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2106 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2108 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2112 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2113 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2114 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2115 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2116 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2118 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2120 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2123 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2126 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
2127 || bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2130 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2133 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2134 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2135 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2136 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2137 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2138 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2139 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2140 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2141 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2144 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2145 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2146 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2148 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2149 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2150 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2152 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2153 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2154 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2155 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2156 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2157 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2158 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2159 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2160 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2162 infrun_debug_printf ("skipping breakpoint: stepping past insn at: %s",
2163 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2167 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2168 instruction that triggered one. */
2169 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2170 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2172 infrun_debug_printf ("stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2173 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d",
2174 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
), bl
->length
);
2181 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2182 that the location is not duplicated. */
2185 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2188 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2191 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2192 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2196 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2197 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2198 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2199 any error during parsing. */
2201 static agent_expr_up
2202 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2207 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2209 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2210 that may show up. */
2213 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2216 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2218 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2219 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2220 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2223 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2227 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2228 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2229 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2230 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2231 one of them is true. */
2234 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2236 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2237 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2239 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2240 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2242 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2243 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2244 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2246 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2247 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2250 auto loc_range
= all_bp_locations_at_addr (bl
->address
);
2252 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2253 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent
2254 expression bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to
2255 send conditions to the target since this location will always
2256 trigger and generate a response back to GDB. Note we consider
2257 all locations at the same address irrespective of type, i.e.,
2258 even if the locations aren't considered duplicates (e.g.,
2259 software breakpoint and hardware breakpoint at the same
2261 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2263 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2267 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2268 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2269 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2270 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2271 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2275 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2276 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2277 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2279 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2285 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2286 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2287 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2289 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2290 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2291 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2293 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2295 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2297 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2299 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2302 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2307 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a
2308 condition list for this location's address. If we have software
2309 and hardware locations at the same address, they aren't
2310 considered duplicates, but we still marge all the conditions
2311 anyway, as it's simpler, and doesn't really make a practical
2313 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2315 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2316 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2317 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2319 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2321 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2322 to send the conditions to the target. */
2323 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2329 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2330 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2331 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2333 static agent_expr_up
2334 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2336 const char *cmdrest
;
2337 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2338 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2345 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2347 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2349 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2350 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2352 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2354 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2356 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2358 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2359 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2361 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2363 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2364 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2366 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2368 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2370 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2372 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2373 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2378 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2379 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2381 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2385 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2387 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2388 that may show up. */
2391 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2392 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2393 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2395 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2397 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2398 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2399 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2402 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2406 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2407 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2408 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2411 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2413 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2414 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2416 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2417 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2419 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2422 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2423 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2426 auto loc_range
= all_bp_locations_at_addr (bl
->address
);
2428 /* For now, if we have any location at the same address that isn't a
2429 dprintf, don't install the target-side commands, as that would
2430 make the breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2432 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2433 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2434 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2435 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2438 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2439 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2440 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2441 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2442 response back to GDB. */
2443 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2445 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2449 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2450 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2451 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2452 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2454 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2455 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2458 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2459 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2460 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2462 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2468 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2470 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2472 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2473 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2474 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2476 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2478 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2481 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2485 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command
2486 list for all duplicate locations at this location's address.
2487 Note that here we must care for whether the breakpoint location
2488 types are considered duplicates, otherwise, say, if we have a
2489 software and hardware location at the same address, the target
2490 could end up running the commands twice. For the moment, we only
2491 support targets-side commands with dprintf, but it doesn't hurt
2492 to be pedantically correct in case that changes. */
2493 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2494 if (breakpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
)
2495 && loc
->owner
->extra_string
2496 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2497 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2498 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2500 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2502 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2503 to send the commands to the target. */
2504 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2507 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2508 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2509 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2510 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2513 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2514 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2515 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2519 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2521 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2523 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2524 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2526 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2528 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2532 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2535 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2536 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2537 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2538 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2541 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2542 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2544 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2545 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2546 int *disabled_breaks
,
2547 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2548 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2550 gdb_exception bp_excpt
;
2552 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2555 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2556 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2557 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2558 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2559 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2560 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2561 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2562 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2563 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2564 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2565 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2566 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2568 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2569 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2570 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2571 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2573 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2575 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2576 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2577 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2578 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2581 /* If "set breakpoint auto-hw" is "on" and a software breakpoint was
2582 set at a read-only address, then a breakpoint location will have
2583 been changed to hardware breakpoint before we get here. If it is
2584 "off" however, error out before actually trying to insert the
2585 breakpoint, with a nicer error message. */
2586 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2587 && !automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2589 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
2591 if (mr
!= nullptr && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2593 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2594 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2595 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2596 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2598 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2603 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2604 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2606 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2607 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2608 || bl
->section
== NULL
2609 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2611 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2616 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2618 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2620 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2622 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2627 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2628 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2629 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2631 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2632 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2633 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2634 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2635 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2639 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2641 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2642 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2643 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2645 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2650 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2651 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2652 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2653 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2654 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2657 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2659 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2661 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2664 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2665 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2666 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2667 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2671 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2672 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2674 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2679 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2681 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2683 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2685 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2690 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2691 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2696 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2698 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2700 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2701 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2702 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2703 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2704 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2705 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2706 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2707 errors as memory errors. */
2708 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2709 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2710 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2711 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2712 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2713 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2716 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2717 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2718 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2719 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2721 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2722 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2724 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2725 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2726 "library breakpoints:\n");
2728 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2729 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2730 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2735 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2737 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2738 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2739 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2740 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2742 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2743 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2744 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2749 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2752 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2753 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2755 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2756 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2758 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2762 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2763 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2778 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2779 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2780 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2781 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2785 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2786 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2788 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2790 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2791 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2792 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2794 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2795 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2797 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
2799 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2800 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2804 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2805 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2812 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2813 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2816 /* Back to the original value. */
2817 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2821 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2824 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2828 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2829 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2831 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2834 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2838 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2839 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2841 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2844 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2846 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2847 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2848 so just return success. */
2855 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2856 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2860 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2862 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2863 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
2864 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2865 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2867 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2868 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2869 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
2871 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2873 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2875 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2876 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2877 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2879 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2880 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2882 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2888 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2889 removed locations above. */
2890 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2893 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2894 Throws exception on any error.
2895 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2896 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2898 insert_breakpoints (void)
2900 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
2901 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2903 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2905 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2908 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2909 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2910 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. Also,
2911 update_global_location_list tries to "upgrade" software
2912 breakpoints to hardware breakpoints to handle "set breakpoint
2913 auto-hw", so we need to call it even if we don't have new
2915 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2918 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2919 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2920 always-inserted mode. */
2923 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2927 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2928 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2929 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2931 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2933 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2934 there was an error. */
2935 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2937 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2939 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
2941 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2943 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2946 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2947 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2948 deletion of breakpoints. */
2949 if (!bl
->inserted
|| !bl
->needs_update
)
2952 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2954 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2955 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2956 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2957 insert breakpoints. */
2958 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2959 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
2962 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2963 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2970 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2971 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2975 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2978 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2982 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2983 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2984 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2986 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2988 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2989 there was an error. */
2990 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2992 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2994 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
2996 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2999 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3000 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3001 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3002 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3003 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3006 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3008 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3009 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3010 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3011 insert breakpoints. */
3012 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3013 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
3016 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3017 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3022 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3023 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3024 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
3026 int some_failed
= 0;
3028 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3031 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3034 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3037 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
3038 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3046 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
3048 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3050 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3051 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3052 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3060 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3061 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3062 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3064 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3065 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3067 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3068 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3072 /* Used when the program stops.
3073 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3074 removing a breakpoint location. */
3077 remove_breakpoints (void)
3081 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3083 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3084 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3089 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3093 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3095 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3097 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3099 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3101 printf_filtered (_("\
3102 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3103 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3105 /* Hide it from the user. */
3111 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3114 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3118 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3120 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3123 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3125 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3132 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3134 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3135 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3136 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3137 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3138 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3139 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3141 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3144 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3147 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3148 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3152 static struct breakpoint
*
3153 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3154 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3155 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3157 symtab_and_line sal
;
3159 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3160 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3162 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3163 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3164 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3169 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3171 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3173 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3175 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3176 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3178 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3179 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
{};
3181 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3182 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
] {};
3184 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3185 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3187 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3189 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3191 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3192 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
{};
3194 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3195 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
{};
3197 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3198 int exception_searched
= 0;
3200 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3202 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3205 static const struct objfile_key
<breakpoint_objfile_data
>
3206 breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3208 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3209 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3211 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3214 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3216 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3219 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3220 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3222 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3223 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3225 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3227 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.get (objfile
);
3228 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3229 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.emplace (objfile
);
3230 return bp_objfile_data
;
3234 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3236 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3238 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3240 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3241 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3243 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3245 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3247 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3250 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3252 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3254 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3255 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3257 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3258 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3261 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3264 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3265 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3267 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3268 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3269 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3270 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3272 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3274 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3275 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3279 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3280 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3285 /* Install a master longjmp breakpoint for OBJFILE using a probe. Return
3286 true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3289 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3291 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3292 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3293 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3295 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3297 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3298 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3302 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3305 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3307 /* We cannot use the probe interface here,
3308 because it does not know how to evaluate
3313 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3314 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3317 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3320 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3322 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3324 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3325 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3327 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3328 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3329 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3335 /* Install master longjmp breakpoints for OBJFILE using longjmp_names.
3336 Return true if at least one breakpoint was installed. */
3339 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (objfile
*objfile
)
3341 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3342 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3345 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3346 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3347 unsigned int installed_bp
= 0;
3349 for (int i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3351 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3352 const char *func_name
;
3354 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3356 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3359 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3360 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3362 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3364 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3365 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3367 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3368 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3371 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3374 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3375 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3376 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3377 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3378 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3379 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3380 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3384 return installed_bp
> 0;
3387 /* Create a master longjmp breakpoint. */
3390 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3392 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3394 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3396 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3398 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3400 /* Skip separate debug object, it's handled in the loop below. */
3401 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
!= nullptr)
3404 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint on main objfile. */
3405 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3408 /* Try longjmp_names kind breakpoints on main and separate_debug
3410 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3411 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (debug_objfile
))
3417 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3419 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3421 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3423 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3425 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3429 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3431 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3433 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3434 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3435 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3437 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3439 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3442 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3444 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3446 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3447 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3448 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3450 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3451 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3454 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3457 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3458 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3459 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3460 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3461 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3462 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3463 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3464 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3469 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using a
3470 probe. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3473 create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3475 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3476 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3477 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3479 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3481 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3482 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3484 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3485 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3489 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3492 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3494 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3495 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3499 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3500 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3503 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3506 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3508 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3510 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3511 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3512 bp_exception_master
,
3513 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3514 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3515 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3521 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using
3522 _Unwind_DebugHook. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3525 create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (objfile
*objfile
)
3527 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3528 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3529 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3530 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3532 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3534 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3536 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3539 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3541 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3543 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3545 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3546 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3548 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3552 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3555 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3556 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr
3557 (gdbarch
, addr
, current_inferior ()->top_target ());
3558 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3559 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3560 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3561 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3562 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3563 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3568 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3571 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3573 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3575 /* Skip separate debug object. */
3576 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
)
3579 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint. */
3580 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3583 /* Iterate over main and separate debug objects and try an
3584 _Unwind_DebugHook kind breakpoint. */
3585 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3586 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (debug_objfile
))
3591 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3594 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3596 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3600 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3602 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3603 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3604 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3605 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3606 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3607 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3608 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3609 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3610 for (bp_location
*bploc
: all_bp_locations ())
3611 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3612 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3614 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3616 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3619 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3620 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3622 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3626 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3627 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3629 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3633 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3634 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3635 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3636 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3637 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3639 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3643 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3644 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3646 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3650 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3651 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3653 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3657 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3659 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3660 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3661 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3663 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3667 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3669 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3670 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3671 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3672 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3676 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3677 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3678 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3679 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3680 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3681 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3683 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3684 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3685 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3686 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3687 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3688 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3689 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3691 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3692 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3693 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3694 let finish_command delete it.
3696 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3697 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3698 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3699 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3700 solib breakpoints.) */
3702 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3707 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3708 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3710 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3712 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3719 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3722 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3723 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3725 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3726 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3728 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3729 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3730 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3732 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3735 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3736 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3737 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3738 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3739 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3740 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3741 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3745 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3751 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3752 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3753 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3754 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3755 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3758 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3762 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3763 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3765 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3766 This should not ever happen. */
3767 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3769 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3770 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3772 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3773 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3774 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3776 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3777 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3778 || bl
->section
== NULL
3779 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3781 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3783 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3784 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3785 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3786 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3787 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3788 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3789 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3790 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3791 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3792 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3793 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3794 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3795 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3796 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3797 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3798 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3799 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3800 they should always be removed. */
3801 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3802 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3803 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3806 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3810 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3811 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3812 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3814 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3815 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3817 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3818 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3819 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3820 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3821 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3823 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3824 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3827 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3828 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3831 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3832 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3833 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3834 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3836 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3837 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3838 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3839 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3840 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3841 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3847 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3852 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3853 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3854 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3855 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3856 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3857 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3858 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3859 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3860 always-inserted mode. */
3862 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3863 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3864 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3865 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3871 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3873 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3875 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3876 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3878 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3879 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3881 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3882 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3883 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3886 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3887 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3890 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3891 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3893 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3897 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3904 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3906 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3907 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3909 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3910 This should not ever happen. */
3911 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3913 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3915 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3917 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3920 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3923 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3925 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3926 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3930 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3931 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3933 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3936 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3937 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3938 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3943 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3945 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3947 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3949 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3952 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3954 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3956 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3962 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3964 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3965 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3968 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3970 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3972 case bp_shlib_event
:
3974 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3975 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3976 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3977 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3978 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3980 (gdb) file prog-linux
3981 (gdb) run # native linux target
3984 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3985 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3988 case bp_step_resume
:
3990 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3992 case bp_single_step
:
3994 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3996 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4000 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4001 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4002 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4004 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4006 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4007 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4008 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4011 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4012 valid. New ones will be created in
4013 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4014 The next update_global_location_list call will
4015 garbage collect them. */
4018 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4020 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4021 insert_breakpoints. */
4022 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
4023 w
->val_valid
= false;
4033 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4034 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
4035 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4036 moribund_locations
.clear ();
4039 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4040 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4041 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4042 match, not program space. */
4044 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4045 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4046 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4047 permanent breakpoint.
4048 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4049 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4050 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4051 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4052 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4054 enum breakpoint_here
4055 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4057 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4059 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4061 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4062 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4065 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4066 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4068 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4070 if (overlay_debugging
4071 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4072 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4073 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4074 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4075 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4077 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4081 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4084 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4087 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4088 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4090 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4092 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4093 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4096 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4098 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4101 if (overlay_debugging
4102 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4103 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4105 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4116 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4119 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4121 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
4122 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4128 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4132 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4133 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4136 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4139 if (overlay_debugging
4140 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4141 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4142 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4149 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4152 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4154 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4156 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4157 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4160 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4166 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4170 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4173 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4175 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4178 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4185 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4188 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4191 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4193 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4196 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4204 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4205 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4207 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
4209 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4210 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4213 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4216 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
4217 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4221 /* Check for intersection. */
4222 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4223 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4231 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4234 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4236 return (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4239 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4240 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4243 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4260 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4262 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4263 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4264 commands (other
.commands
),
4265 print (other
.print
),
4267 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4269 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4270 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4273 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4274 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4277 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4281 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4286 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4288 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4291 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4301 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4304 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4309 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4311 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4317 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4320 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4322 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4324 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4326 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4328 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4333 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4342 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4343 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4344 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4345 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4347 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4348 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4350 Return 1 otherwise. */
4353 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4355 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4358 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4360 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4361 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4362 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4363 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4364 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4366 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4368 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4372 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4375 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4379 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4382 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4383 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4385 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4386 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4390 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4393 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4395 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4397 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4399 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4400 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4401 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4402 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4403 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4407 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4410 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4411 or its equivalent. */
4414 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4416 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4419 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4420 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4421 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4422 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4424 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4425 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4426 bpstat of the current thread. */
4429 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4434 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4436 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4439 scoped_restore save_executing
4440 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4442 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4444 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4447 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4448 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4450 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4452 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4454 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4455 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4456 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4457 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4458 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4459 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4460 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4461 the tree when we're done. */
4462 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4463 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4466 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4468 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4474 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4476 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4482 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4484 if (current_ui
->async
)
4485 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4486 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4487 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4490 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4491 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4492 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4493 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4494 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4495 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4496 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4497 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4498 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4499 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4500 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4501 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4502 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4510 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4511 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4513 static thread_info
*
4514 get_bpstat_thread ()
4516 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ())
4519 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4520 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing
)
4526 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4528 auto cleanup_if_error
= make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions
);
4531 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4532 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4534 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4535 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4536 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4537 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4538 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4542 cleanup_if_error
.release ();
4545 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4548 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4551 fprintf_styled (stream
, metadata_style
.style (), _("<unreadable>"));
4554 struct value_print_options opts
;
4555 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4556 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4560 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4561 debugging multiple threads. */
4564 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4566 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4571 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4574 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4576 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4577 uiout
->field_string ("thread-id", print_thread_id (thr
));
4579 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4582 uiout
->text (" \"");
4583 uiout
->field_string ("name", name
);
4587 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4591 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4592 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4593 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4594 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4597 static enum print_stop_action
4598 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4600 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4603 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4604 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4608 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4609 relevant messages. */
4610 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4613 case print_it_normal
:
4615 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4617 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4618 which has since been deleted. */
4620 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4622 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4623 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4628 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4629 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4634 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4637 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4639 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4640 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4644 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4645 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4647 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4648 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4651 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4652 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4653 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4657 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4658 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4659 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4661 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4664 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4665 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4666 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4672 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4673 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4675 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4678 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4680 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4681 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4686 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4687 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4688 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4689 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4690 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4691 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4692 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4695 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4696 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4697 code to print the location. An example is
4698 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4700 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4701 to also print the location part of the message.
4702 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4703 don't require a location appended to the end.
4704 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4705 further info to be printed. */
4707 enum print_stop_action
4708 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4710 enum print_stop_action val
;
4712 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4713 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4714 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4715 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4716 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4718 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4719 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4720 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4721 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4725 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4726 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4727 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4728 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4730 print_solib_event (0);
4731 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4734 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4735 with and nothing was printed. */
4736 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4739 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4742 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4744 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4745 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4747 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4751 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4753 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4755 bp_location_at (bp_location_ref_ptr::new_reference (bl
)),
4756 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4760 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4762 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4763 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4768 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4772 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4776 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4777 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4780 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4782 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4785 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4787 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4788 as not triggered. */
4789 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4790 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4792 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4794 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4800 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_inferior ()->top_target (), &addr
))
4802 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4803 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4804 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4805 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4807 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4809 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4815 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4816 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4819 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4820 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4822 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4824 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4825 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
4827 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4829 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4830 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4832 if (newaddr
== start
)
4834 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4838 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4839 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
4840 (current_inferior ()->top_target (), addr
, loc
->address
,
4843 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4852 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4853 enum wp_check_result
4855 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4858 /* The value has changed. */
4859 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4861 /* The value has not changed. */
4862 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4864 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4868 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4869 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4871 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4874 static wp_check_result
4875 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4877 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4878 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4879 int within_current_scope
;
4881 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4882 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4883 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4885 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4886 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4887 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4888 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4891 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4892 within_current_scope
= 1;
4895 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4896 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4897 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4899 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4900 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4901 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4902 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4903 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4904 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4905 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4906 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4907 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4908 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4911 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4912 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4914 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4915 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4916 if (within_current_scope
)
4918 struct symbol
*function
;
4920 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4921 if (function
== NULL
4922 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4923 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4924 within_current_scope
= 0;
4927 if (within_current_scope
)
4928 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4929 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4934 if (within_current_scope
)
4936 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4937 time before we return to the command level and call
4938 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4939 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4942 struct value
*new_val
;
4944 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4945 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4946 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4947 a mask watchpoint. */
4948 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4950 mark
= value_mark ();
4951 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), b
->exp
->op
.get (), &new_val
,
4954 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4955 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4957 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4958 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4959 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4960 not what we want. */
4961 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4962 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4965 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4966 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4967 b
->val_valid
= true;
4968 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4969 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4970 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4974 /* Nothing changed. */
4975 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4976 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4981 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4982 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4983 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4984 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4985 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4986 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4987 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4988 the first value assigned). */
4989 /* We print all the stop information in
4990 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4991 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4992 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4995 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4997 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4999 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5001 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5002 uiout
->message ("\nWatchpoint %pF deleted because the program has "
5003 "left the block in\n"
5004 "which its expression is valid.\n",
5005 signed_field ("wpnum", b
->number
));
5008 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5010 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5016 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5017 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5018 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5021 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5022 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5023 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5025 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5027 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5028 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5030 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5033 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5034 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5037 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5039 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5040 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5042 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5043 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5044 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5045 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5046 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5049 int must_check_value
= 0;
5051 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5052 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5054 must_check_value
= 1;
5055 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5056 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5057 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5059 must_check_value
= 1;
5060 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5061 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5062 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5063 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5064 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5065 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5066 must_check_value
= 1;
5068 if (must_check_value
)
5074 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5076 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5078 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5079 "Error evaluating expression "
5080 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5083 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5085 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5088 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5095 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5096 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5100 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5103 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5104 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5106 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5108 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5109 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5110 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5111 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5112 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5113 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5114 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5117 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5118 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5121 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5122 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5123 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5124 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5126 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5127 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5128 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5131 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5132 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5133 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5134 changes. This still gives false positives when
5135 the program writes the same value to memory as
5136 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5137 it for a read), but it's much better than
5140 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5142 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5144 for (breakpoint
*other_b
: all_breakpoints ())
5145 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5146 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5148 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5149 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5151 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5152 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5154 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5160 if (other_write_watchpoint
5161 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5163 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5164 and the value changed since the last time we
5165 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5167 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5172 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5173 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5174 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5176 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5177 the value hasn't changed. */
5178 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5188 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5190 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5191 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5192 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5193 anything for this watchpoint. */
5194 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5200 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5201 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5202 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5203 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5206 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5208 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5209 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5211 bool condition_result
= true;
5212 struct expression
*cond
;
5214 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5216 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5217 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5218 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5219 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5220 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5222 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5223 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5224 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5226 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5227 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5233 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5234 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5236 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5237 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5243 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5245 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5247 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5249 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5251 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5254 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5256 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5258 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5259 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5261 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5262 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5263 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5264 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5266 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5268 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5269 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5273 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5274 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5275 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5276 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5277 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5279 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5280 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5283 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5285 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5286 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5287 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5288 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5289 really matter which instantiation of the function
5290 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5291 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5292 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5293 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5294 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5295 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5296 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5297 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5299 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5301 select_frame (frame
);
5303 within_current_scope
= 0;
5305 if (within_current_scope
)
5309 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5311 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5313 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5314 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5319 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5320 "in the current scope"));
5321 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5322 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5324 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5325 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5328 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5332 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5336 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5338 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5342 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5343 on the current target. */
5346 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5348 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5349 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5350 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5351 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5354 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5357 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5358 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5360 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5362 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5364 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5367 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
5369 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5370 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5371 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5372 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5373 checked all locations already. */
5374 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5377 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5380 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5383 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5386 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5389 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5390 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5391 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5395 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5396 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5397 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5399 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5401 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5403 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5408 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5409 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5410 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5412 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5414 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5415 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5417 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5418 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5421 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5429 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5432 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5433 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5434 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
,
5437 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5438 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5439 bpstat bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5441 int need_remove_insert
;
5444 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5445 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5446 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5447 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5448 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5449 inferior function calls. */
5450 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5451 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5453 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5454 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5455 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5457 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5459 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5461 handle_solib_event ();
5466 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5467 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5468 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5472 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5477 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5478 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5481 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5486 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5488 /* We will stop here. */
5489 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5491 --(b
->enable_count
);
5492 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5493 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5498 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5499 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5500 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5503 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5508 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5510 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5511 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5514 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5515 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5516 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5518 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5519 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5520 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5522 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5523 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5525 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5527 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5528 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5531 if (need_remove_insert
)
5532 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5533 else if (removed_any
)
5534 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5540 handle_jit_event (CORE_ADDR address
)
5542 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5544 infrun_debug_printf ("handling bp_jit_event");
5546 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5547 breakpoint_re_set. */
5548 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5550 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (get_current_frame ());
5551 /* This event is caused by a breakpoint set in `jit_breakpoint_re_set`,
5552 thus it is expected that its objectfile can be found through
5553 minimal symbol lookup. If it doesn't work (and assert fails), it
5554 most likely means that `jit_breakpoint_re_set` was changes and this
5555 function needs to be updated too. */
5556 bound_minimal_symbol jit_bp_sym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (address
);
5557 gdb_assert (jit_bp_sym
.objfile
!= nullptr);
5558 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
, jit_bp_sym
.objfile
);
5560 target_terminal::inferior ();
5563 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5565 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5568 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5570 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5573 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5574 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5575 retval
.is_longjmp
= false;
5577 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5579 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5580 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5581 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5584 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5586 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5587 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5591 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5598 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5599 case bp_single_step
:
5602 case bp_shlib_event
:
5606 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5608 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5611 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5614 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5615 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5616 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5620 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5622 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5626 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5627 This requires no further action. */
5631 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5635 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5636 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5639 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5641 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5642 case bp_exception_resume
:
5645 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5646 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5649 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5651 case bp_step_resume
:
5653 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5656 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5657 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5660 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5662 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5665 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5666 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5669 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5670 case bp_thread_event
:
5671 case bp_overlay_event
:
5672 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5673 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5674 case bp_exception_master
:
5675 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5681 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5683 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5687 /* Some catchpoints are implemented with breakpoints.
5688 For those, we need to step over the breakpoint. */
5689 if (bs
->bp_location_at
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
)
5690 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5694 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5697 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5698 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5699 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5700 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5702 case bp_std_terminate
:
5703 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5704 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5705 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5706 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5709 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5710 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5711 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5712 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5714 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5715 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5717 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5718 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5719 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5721 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5722 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5723 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5724 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5729 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5731 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5735 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5736 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5739 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5746 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5750 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5752 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5759 handle_jit_event (bs
->bp_location_at
->address
);
5761 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5762 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5764 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5765 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5771 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5774 bpstat_should_step ()
5776 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5777 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5783 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5786 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5788 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5797 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5798 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5799 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5802 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5804 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5805 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5809 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5811 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5813 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5814 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5815 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5820 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5826 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5827 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5829 "host": Host evals condition.
5830 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5831 "target": Target evals condition.
5835 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5837 char host_evals
= 0;
5838 char target_evals
= 0;
5843 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5846 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5847 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5848 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5850 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
5852 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5858 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5859 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5860 else if (target_evals
)
5861 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5863 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5866 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5867 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5870 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5872 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5875 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5876 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5877 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5879 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5880 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5882 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5885 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5888 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5889 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5891 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5893 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5895 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5899 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5901 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5902 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5903 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5905 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5909 uiout
->text ("in ");
5910 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
5911 function_name_style
.style ());
5913 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5914 uiout
->text ("at ");
5916 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5917 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
),
5918 file_name_style
.style ());
5921 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5922 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5924 uiout
->field_signed ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5930 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5932 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5936 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5937 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5938 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5939 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5940 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5941 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5943 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5947 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
5951 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5952 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5953 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5956 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5957 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5963 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5965 struct ep_type_description
5968 const char *description
;
5970 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5972 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5973 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5974 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5975 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5976 {bp_until
, "until"},
5977 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5978 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5979 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5980 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5981 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5982 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5983 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5984 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5985 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5986 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5987 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5988 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5989 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5990 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5991 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5992 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5993 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5994 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5995 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5996 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5997 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5998 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5999 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6000 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6001 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6002 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6003 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6004 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6005 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6008 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6009 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6010 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6011 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6014 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6017 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6018 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6021 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6022 const char *field_name
,
6023 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
6026 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6028 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6029 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6030 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6033 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6035 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
6041 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
6042 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6047 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6051 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
6056 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. If RAW_LOC, print raw breakpoint locations
6057 instead of going via breakpoint_ops::print_one. This makes "maint
6058 info breakpoints" show the software breakpoint locations of
6059 catchpoints, which are considered internal implementation
6063 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6064 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6066 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6067 int allflag
, bool raw_loc
)
6069 struct command_line
*l
;
6070 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6072 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6073 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6074 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6075 struct value_print_options opts
;
6077 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6079 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6080 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6081 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6084 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
6085 || !b
->loc
->enabled
|| b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
)))
6086 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6094 if (part_of_multiple
)
6095 uiout
->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6097 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
6101 if (part_of_multiple
)
6102 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6104 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6108 if (part_of_multiple
)
6109 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6111 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6115 /* For locations that are disabled because of an invalid condition,
6116 display "N*" on CLI, where "*" refers to a footnote below the
6117 table. For MI, simply display a "N" without a footnote. */
6118 const char *N
= (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ()) ? "N" : "N*";
6119 if (part_of_multiple
)
6120 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", (loc
->disabled_by_cond
? N
6121 : (loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n")));
6123 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6126 if (!raw_loc
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6127 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6130 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6132 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6134 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6135 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6136 is relatively readable). */
6137 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6138 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6140 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6142 else if (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6143 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6145 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6148 if (header_of_multiple
)
6149 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>",
6150 metadata_style
.style ());
6151 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6152 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>",
6153 metadata_style
.style ());
6155 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6156 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6159 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6160 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6166 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6168 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6171 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
6173 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6174 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6177 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6178 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6180 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6181 && (program_spaces
.size () > 1
6182 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6183 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6184 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6185 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6187 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6190 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6192 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6194 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6195 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6196 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6197 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6199 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6201 uiout
->text (" task ");
6202 uiout
->field_signed ("task", b
->task
);
6208 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6209 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6211 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6214 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6215 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6217 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6218 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6222 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6225 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6226 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6228 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6229 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6231 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6232 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6233 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6234 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6235 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6237 uiout
->message (" (%pF evals)",
6238 string_field ("evaluated-by",
6239 bp_condition_evaluator (b
)));
6244 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6246 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6247 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6248 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6249 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6252 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6254 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6259 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6263 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6264 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6265 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6266 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6267 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6269 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6270 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6271 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6272 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6273 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6275 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6279 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6280 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6281 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6285 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6288 uiout
->message ("\tignore next %pF hits\n",
6289 signed_field ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
));
6292 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6293 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6294 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6295 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6298 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6299 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6300 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6301 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6302 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6304 uiout
->text ("next ");
6305 uiout
->field_signed ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6306 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6309 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6311 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6313 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6315 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6316 uiout
->field_signed ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6317 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6321 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6322 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6325 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6326 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6329 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6331 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6333 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6335 annotate_field (10);
6336 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6337 uiout
->field_signed ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6338 uiout
->text (" \n");
6341 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6343 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6345 annotate_field (11);
6347 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6348 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6349 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6355 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6356 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6361 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6363 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6365 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6367 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6369 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6370 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6371 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6372 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6376 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6378 bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
= false;
6381 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6382 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6385 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6386 bool use_fixed_output
6387 = (uiout
->test_flags (fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output
)
6388 || fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
);
6390 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place
, uiout
, "bkpt");
6391 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
, false);
6393 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6395 if (!use_fixed_output
)
6396 bkpt_tuple_emitter
.reset ();
6398 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6399 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6400 locations, if any. */
6402 || b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
6405 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6406 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6407 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6410 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6411 internally, that's not a property exposed to users.
6413 Likewise, while catchpoints may be implemented with
6414 breakpoints (e.g., catch throw), that's not a property
6415 exposed to users. We do however display the internal
6416 breakpoint locations with "maint info breakpoints". */
6417 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6418 && (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6419 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6421 || (b
->loc
&& (b
->loc
->next
6423 || b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
))))
6425 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> locations_list
;
6427 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6428 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6430 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output
)
6431 locations_list
.emplace (uiout
, "locations");
6434 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6436 ui_out_emit_tuple
loc_tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6437 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
6446 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6448 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6450 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6451 address to print. */
6452 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6455 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6459 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6460 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6461 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6464 return print_address_bits
;
6467 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6470 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6472 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6473 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6476 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6477 internal or momentary. */
6480 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6482 return b
->number
> 0;
6485 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6488 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6490 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6493 /* Print information on breakpoints (including watchpoints and tracepoints).
6495 If non-NULL, BP_NUM_LIST is a list of numbers and number ranges as
6496 understood by number_or_range_parser. Only breakpoints included in this
6497 list are then printed.
6499 If SHOW_INTERNAL is true, print internal breakpoints.
6501 If FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6502 ones for which it returns true.
6504 Return the total number of breakpoints listed. */
6507 breakpoint_1 (const char *bp_num_list
, bool show_internal
,
6508 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6510 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6511 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6512 struct value_print_options opts
;
6513 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6514 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6515 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6516 bool has_disabled_by_cond_location
= false;
6518 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6520 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6521 required for address fields. */
6522 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6523 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6525 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6526 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6529 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6530 accept. Skip the others. */
6531 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6533 if (show_internal
&& parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6535 if (!show_internal
&& !number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6539 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6541 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6543 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6544 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6545 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6547 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6548 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6549 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6551 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6556 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6557 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6558 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6561 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6562 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6563 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6565 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6566 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6568 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6569 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6571 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6572 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6574 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6575 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6577 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6579 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6580 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6582 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6584 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6586 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6587 uiout
->table_body ();
6588 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6589 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6591 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6594 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6595 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6598 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6599 accept. Skip the others. */
6601 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6603 if (show_internal
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6605 if (parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6608 else /* all others */
6610 if (!number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6614 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6615 show_internal is set. */
6616 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6618 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, show_internal
);
6619 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6620 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
6621 has_disabled_by_cond_location
= true;
6626 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6628 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6632 if (bp_num_list
== NULL
|| *bp_num_list
== '\0')
6633 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6635 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6641 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6642 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6644 if (has_disabled_by_cond_location
&& !uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6645 uiout
->message (_("(*): Breakpoint condition is invalid at this "
6649 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6650 there have been breakpoints? */
6651 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6653 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6656 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6657 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6660 default_collect_info (void)
6662 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6664 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6665 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6667 if (!*default_collect
)
6670 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6672 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6673 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6674 uiout
->text (" \n");
6678 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6680 breakpoint_1 (args
, false, NULL
);
6682 default_collect_info ();
6686 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6688 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_watchpoint
);
6689 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6691 if (num_printed
== 0)
6693 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6694 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6696 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6701 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6703 breakpoint_1 (args
, true, NULL
);
6705 default_collect_info ();
6709 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6710 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6711 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6713 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
6715 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6716 && bl
->address
== pc
6717 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6723 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6724 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6728 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6729 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6730 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6734 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6735 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6736 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6741 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6742 else /* if (others == ???) */
6743 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6744 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6745 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6748 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6749 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6750 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6751 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6752 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6753 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6754 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6755 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6759 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6761 current_uiout
->message (_("also set at pc %ps.\n"),
6762 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
6763 paddress (gdbarch
, pc
)));
6768 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of LOC.
6769 For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members are
6770 irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to
6771 other addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6773 More specifically, software watchpoints and catchpoints that are
6774 not backed by breakpoints always have a zero valued location
6775 address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of these types
6776 to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint location at address
6780 bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location
*loc
)
6782 return loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
;
6785 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6786 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6789 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6790 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6792 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6793 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6795 /* Both of them must exist. */
6796 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6797 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6799 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6800 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6801 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6802 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6803 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6804 other watchpoint. */
6806 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6808 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6809 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6811 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6813 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6814 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6817 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6818 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6819 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6820 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6821 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6822 become hw_access locations later. */
6823 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6824 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6825 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6826 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6829 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6832 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6833 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6835 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6836 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6840 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6841 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6842 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6843 space doesn't really matter. */
6846 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6848 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6851 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6852 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6853 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6856 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6857 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6858 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6859 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6862 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6863 const address_space
*aspace
,
6866 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6869 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6870 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6874 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6875 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6876 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6877 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6878 doesn't really matter. */
6881 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6882 const address_space
*aspace
,
6883 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6885 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6886 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6888 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6890 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6896 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6897 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6898 true, otherwise returns false. */
6901 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6902 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6904 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6905 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6906 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6907 different locations. */
6908 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6913 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6914 (bl_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent
6915 the same location. If SW_HW_BPS_MATCH is true, then software
6916 breakpoint locations and hardware breakpoint locations match,
6917 otherwise they don't. */
6920 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6921 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
6922 bool sw_hw_bps_match
)
6924 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6926 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6927 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6928 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6930 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6931 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6933 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6936 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6937 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6938 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6940 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged
6941 breakpoints. Keep this in sync with
6942 bp_location_is_less_than. */
6943 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6944 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6945 && (loc1
->loc_type
== loc2
->loc_type
|| sw_hw_bps_match
)
6946 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6950 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6951 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6953 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6954 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6958 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6959 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6961 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6962 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6964 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6967 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6968 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6969 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6970 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6973 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6974 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6976 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6977 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6978 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6979 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6980 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6982 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6983 have their addresses modified. */
6986 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6988 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6989 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6990 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6991 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6992 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6993 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6998 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
7000 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7002 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7003 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7004 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7007 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
7009 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7010 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7012 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7013 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7015 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7020 bp_location_from_bp_type (bptype type
)
7025 case bp_single_step
:
7029 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7030 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7032 case bp_exception_resume
:
7033 case bp_step_resume
:
7034 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7035 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7037 case bp_std_terminate
:
7038 case bp_shlib_event
:
7039 case bp_thread_event
:
7040 case bp_overlay_event
:
7042 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7043 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7044 case bp_exception_master
:
7045 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7046 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7048 return bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7049 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7050 return bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7051 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7052 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7053 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7054 return bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7058 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7059 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7060 return bp_loc_other
;
7062 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7066 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
, bp_loc_type type
)
7068 this->owner
= owner
;
7069 this->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7070 this->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7072 this->disabled_by_cond
= false;
7074 this->loc_type
= type
;
7076 if (this->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
7077 || this->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
7078 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (this);
7083 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
)
7084 : bp_location::bp_location (owner
,
7085 bp_location_from_bp_type (owner
->type
))
7089 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7091 static struct bp_location
*
7092 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7094 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7097 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7098 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7101 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7103 bp_location_ref_policy::decref (*blp
);
7107 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7110 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7112 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7113 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7115 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7116 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7118 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7120 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7125 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7131 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7134 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7135 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7137 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7139 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7143 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7144 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7145 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7146 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7149 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7150 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7152 static struct breakpoint
*
7153 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7155 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7157 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7159 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7160 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7163 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
7166 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7168 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7170 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7171 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7172 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7174 const char *function_name
;
7176 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7177 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7178 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
))
7180 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7182 function_name
= loc
->msymbol
->linkage_name ();
7184 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7185 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7187 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7188 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7189 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7190 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7192 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7196 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7199 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7203 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7205 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7208 return sal
.section
->objfile
->arch ();
7210 return SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
)->arch ();
7215 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7216 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7217 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7219 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7220 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7221 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7224 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7225 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7226 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7228 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7230 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7232 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7233 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7235 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7236 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7238 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7239 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7242 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7243 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7244 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7245 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7246 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7247 is also returned as the value of this function.
7249 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7250 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7251 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7252 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7253 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7254 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7255 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7258 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7259 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7260 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7262 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7264 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7265 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7268 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7269 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7270 initiated the operation. */
7273 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7275 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7277 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7278 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7279 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7280 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7281 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7282 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7283 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7284 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7286 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7287 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7289 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7290 after their removal. */
7291 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7292 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7293 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7296 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7299 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7301 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7303 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7304 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7306 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7307 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7312 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7314 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7315 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7317 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7318 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7322 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7323 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7324 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7328 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7330 breakpoint
*retval
= nullptr;
7332 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7333 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7335 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7337 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7338 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7340 new_b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7342 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7344 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7347 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7348 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7349 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7350 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7356 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7357 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7360 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7361 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7365 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7367 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7369 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7370 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7372 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7374 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7375 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7376 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7377 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7380 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7382 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7384 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7385 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7386 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7388 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7393 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7395 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7396 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7398 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7399 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7400 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7405 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7407 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7408 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7410 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7411 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7412 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7416 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7417 master breakpoint. */
7419 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7421 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7422 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7423 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7425 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7426 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7430 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7432 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7434 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7435 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7436 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7440 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7442 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7444 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7445 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7447 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7448 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7449 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7451 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7456 struct lang_and_radix
7462 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7465 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7467 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7468 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7471 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7474 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7476 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7477 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7478 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7479 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7483 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7485 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7486 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7487 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7488 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7491 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7494 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7496 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7497 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7498 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7499 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7502 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7503 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7504 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7506 static struct breakpoint
*
7507 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7508 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7510 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7512 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7513 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7514 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7519 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7521 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7524 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7527 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7529 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7531 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7533 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7534 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7536 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7542 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7543 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7546 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7548 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
7550 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7551 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7553 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7554 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7555 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7556 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7557 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7558 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7559 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7560 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7561 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7562 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7563 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7564 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7567 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7572 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7573 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7574 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7577 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7579 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7581 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
7583 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7584 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7586 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7587 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7588 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7589 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7590 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7591 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7592 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7593 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7594 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7596 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7597 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7598 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7599 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7602 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7603 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7605 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7607 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7608 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7609 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7612 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7617 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7618 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7619 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7622 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7624 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7627 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7628 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7629 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7630 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7631 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7632 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7633 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7634 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7635 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7636 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7638 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7639 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7642 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7644 int bp_modified
= 0;
7646 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7649 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
7651 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7653 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7654 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7657 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7660 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7663 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7664 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7667 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7669 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7670 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7671 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7672 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7673 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7676 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7683 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7687 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7689 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7690 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7691 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7693 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7695 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7696 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7697 catchpoint has triggered. */
7698 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7701 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7705 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7707 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7710 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7714 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7716 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7719 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7723 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7724 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7725 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7727 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7729 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7732 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7736 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7739 static enum print_stop_action
7740 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7742 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7743 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7744 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7746 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7747 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7748 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7749 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7751 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7752 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7754 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7755 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7757 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7758 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7759 uiout
->field_signed ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7760 uiout
->text ("), ");
7761 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7764 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7768 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7770 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7771 struct value_print_options opts
;
7772 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7774 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7776 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7777 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7779 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7780 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7782 uiout
->text ("fork");
7783 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7785 uiout
->text (", process ");
7786 uiout
->field_signed ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7790 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7791 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7794 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7798 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7800 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7803 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7807 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7809 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7810 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7813 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7815 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7817 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7821 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7823 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7826 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7830 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7832 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7835 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7839 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7840 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7841 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7843 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7845 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7848 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7852 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7855 static enum print_stop_action
7856 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7858 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7859 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7860 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7862 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7863 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7864 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7865 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7867 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7868 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7870 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7871 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7873 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7874 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
7875 uiout
->field_signed ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7876 uiout
->text ("), ");
7877 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7880 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7884 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7886 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7887 struct value_print_options opts
;
7888 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7890 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7891 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7892 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7894 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7895 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7897 uiout
->text ("vfork");
7898 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7900 uiout
->text (", process ");
7901 uiout
->field_signed ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7905 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7906 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7909 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7913 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7915 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7918 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7922 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7924 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7925 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7928 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7930 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7932 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7933 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7934 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7936 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7938 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
7940 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7943 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7944 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7946 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7949 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7951 xfree (this->regex
);
7955 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7961 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7967 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7968 const address_space
*aspace
,
7970 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7972 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7974 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7977 for (breakpoint
*other
: all_breakpoints ())
7979 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7982 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7985 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
7988 for (bp_location
*other_bl
: other
->locations ())
7990 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7999 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8001 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8002 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8006 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
8009 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8015 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
8018 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8024 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8027 static enum print_stop_action
8028 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8030 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8031 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8033 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8034 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8035 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8036 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8038 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8039 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8041 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8042 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8043 print_solib_event (1);
8044 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8048 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8050 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8051 struct value_print_options opts
;
8052 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8054 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8055 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8056 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8058 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8061 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8069 msg
= string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8071 msg
= _("load of library");
8076 msg
= string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8078 msg
= _("unload of library");
8080 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8082 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8083 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8087 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8089 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8091 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8092 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8096 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8098 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8100 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8101 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8102 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8104 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8105 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8108 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8110 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8113 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, bool is_load
, bool is_temp
, bool enabled
)
8115 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8119 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8121 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8125 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8126 _("Invalid regexp")));
8127 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8130 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8131 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8132 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8134 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8136 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8139 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8143 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8144 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8146 const int enabled
= 1;
8147 bool temp
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8149 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, temp
, enabled
);
8153 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8154 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8156 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8160 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8161 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8163 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8166 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8169 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8170 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, bool temp
,
8171 const char *cond_string
,
8172 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8174 symtab_and_line sal
;
8175 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8177 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8179 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8180 b
->disposition
= temp
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8184 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8186 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8187 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8188 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8189 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8192 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8195 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8199 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8200 bool temp
, const char *cond_string
,
8201 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8203 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8205 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
, ops
);
8207 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8209 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8212 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8214 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8215 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8216 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8218 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8220 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8222 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8223 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8225 char *exec_pathname
;
8228 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8230 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8232 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8236 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8238 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8242 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8244 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8248 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8249 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8250 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8252 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8254 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8257 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8261 static enum print_stop_action
8262 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8264 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8265 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8266 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8268 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8269 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8270 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8271 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8273 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8274 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8276 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8277 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8279 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8280 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8281 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8282 uiout
->text ("), ");
8284 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8288 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8290 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8291 struct value_print_options opts
;
8292 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8294 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8296 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8297 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8298 is relatively readable). */
8299 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8300 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8302 uiout
->text ("exec");
8303 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8305 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8306 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8307 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8310 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8311 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8315 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8317 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8320 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8324 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8326 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8327 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8330 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8333 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8337 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8338 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8339 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
8341 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8343 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8349 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8353 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8357 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8360 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
8362 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8364 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8370 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8371 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8372 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8373 types _not_ TYPE. */
8376 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8377 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8381 *other_type_used
= 0;
8382 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8386 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8389 if (b
->type
== type
)
8390 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8391 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8392 *other_type_used
= 1;
8399 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8401 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8402 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8404 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8405 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8410 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8412 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8413 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8415 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8416 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8421 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8423 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8424 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8428 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8430 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8431 breakpoint_re_set ();
8434 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8437 static struct breakpoint
*
8438 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8440 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8442 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8443 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8445 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8446 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8449 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8451 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8454 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8455 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8459 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8460 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8462 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8464 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8466 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8468 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8469 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8470 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8471 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8473 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
8475 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8477 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8480 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8481 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8482 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8484 static struct breakpoint
*
8485 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8487 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8490 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8492 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8493 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8494 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
8496 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8497 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8498 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8499 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8500 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8501 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8502 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8503 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8504 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8505 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8506 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8507 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8509 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8510 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8511 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8513 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8517 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8521 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8523 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8527 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8531 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8534 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8536 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8538 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8539 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8541 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8545 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8548 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8550 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8551 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8555 static bool bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8557 /* Handle "set breakpoint auto-hw on".
8559 If the explicitly specified breakpoint type is not hardware
8560 breakpoint, check the memory map to see whether the breakpoint
8561 address is in read-only memory.
8563 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory is read-only.
8564 We change the type of the location to hardware breakpoint.
8566 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write. This
8567 means we've previously made the location hardware one, but then the
8568 memory map changed, so we undo.
8572 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (bp_location
*bl
)
8574 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
8575 && bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
8576 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
8577 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
))
8579 /* When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
8580 location types we've just set here, the only possible problem
8581 is that memory map has changed during running program, but
8582 it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
8583 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
8587 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
8589 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
8590 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
8592 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
8594 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
8596 static bool said
= false;
8598 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
8601 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
8602 _("Note: automatically using "
8603 "hardware breakpoints for "
8604 "read-only addresses.\n"));
8612 static struct bp_location
*
8613 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8614 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8616 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8617 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8618 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8620 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8621 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8623 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8624 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8625 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8626 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8627 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8628 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8629 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8632 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8633 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8634 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8635 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8640 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8641 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8642 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8643 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8644 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8645 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8646 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8647 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8648 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8649 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8650 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8651 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8652 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8654 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
8656 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8657 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8658 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8659 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8660 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8661 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8662 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8663 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8664 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8665 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8666 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8667 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8669 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8676 /* Return true if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8677 return false otherwise. */
8680 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8682 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8684 /* If we have a non-breakpoint-backed catchpoint or a software
8685 watchpoint, just return 0. We should not attempt to read from
8686 the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types point to.
8687 gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8689 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
))
8692 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8693 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8694 return gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8697 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8698 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8701 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8703 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8704 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8709 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8711 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8713 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8715 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8717 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8718 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8720 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8721 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8722 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8724 if (!dprintf_function
)
8725 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8727 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8728 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8733 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8737 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8739 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8740 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8743 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8744 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8748 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8749 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8751 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8753 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8754 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8755 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
);
8756 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8757 command_lines_deleter ()));
8760 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8761 current style settings. */
8764 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8765 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8767 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8768 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8769 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8772 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8773 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8774 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8775 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8778 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8779 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8780 event_location_up
&&location
,
8781 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8782 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8783 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8784 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8785 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8786 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8787 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8788 int display_canonical
)
8792 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8794 int target_resources_ok
;
8796 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8797 target_resources_ok
=
8798 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8800 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8801 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8802 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8803 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8806 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8808 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8810 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8814 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8816 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8818 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8819 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8822 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8824 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8828 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
8829 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
8830 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8831 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8832 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8834 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8835 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8837 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8839 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8840 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8842 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8844 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8845 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8847 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8850 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8852 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8854 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8856 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8858 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8860 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8862 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8864 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8866 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8869 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8870 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8877 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8878 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8882 /* Do not set breakpoint locations conditions yet. As locations
8883 are inserted, they get sorted based on their addresses. Let
8884 the list stabilize to have reliable location numbers. */
8886 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8887 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8888 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8890 if (b
->extra_string
)
8891 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8893 error (_("Format string required"));
8895 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8896 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
8900 /* The order of the locations is now stable. Set the location
8901 condition using the location's number. */
8903 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
8905 if (b
->cond_string
!= nullptr)
8906 set_breakpoint_location_condition (b
->cond_string
, loc
, b
->number
,
8912 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8913 if (location
!= NULL
)
8914 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8916 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8917 b
->filter
= std::move (filter
);
8921 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8922 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8923 event_location_up
&&location
,
8924 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8925 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8926 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8927 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8928 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8929 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8930 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8931 int display_canonical
)
8933 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8935 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8936 sals
, std::move (location
),
8938 std::move (cond_string
),
8939 std::move (extra_string
),
8941 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8943 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8946 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8949 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8950 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8951 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8952 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8953 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8954 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8955 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8956 we take just a single condition string.
8958 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8959 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8960 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8961 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8962 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8965 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8966 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8967 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8968 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8969 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8970 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8971 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8972 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8974 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8975 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8977 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
8979 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8980 'break', without arguments. */
8981 event_location_up location
8982 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
8983 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
8984 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
8985 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
8987 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
8988 std::move (location
),
8989 std::move (filter_string
),
8990 std::move (cond_string
),
8991 std::move (extra_string
),
8993 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8994 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8995 canonical
->special_display
);
8999 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9000 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9001 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9002 linespec locations).
9004 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9005 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9008 parse_breakpoint_sals (struct event_location
*location
,
9009 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9011 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9013 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9015 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9019 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9020 breakpoint address. */
9021 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9023 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9024 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9025 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9026 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9027 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9028 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
9029 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
9031 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9033 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9034 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9035 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9036 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9037 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9039 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9041 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9043 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9045 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9049 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9053 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9054 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9055 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9056 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9058 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9059 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9060 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9061 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9063 const char *spec
= NULL
;
9065 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9066 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9070 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
9073 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9074 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9075 get_last_displayed_line (),
9076 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9081 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9082 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9086 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9087 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9090 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9092 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9093 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9096 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9097 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9098 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9099 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9100 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9104 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9105 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9107 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9109 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9111 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9112 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9113 associated with SAL. */
9117 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
9118 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9119 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
9123 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9124 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9125 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9126 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9127 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9128 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9131 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9132 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9135 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9143 const char *end_tok
;
9145 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9146 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9148 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9150 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9152 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9156 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9158 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9160 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9162 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9165 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9167 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
9172 tok
= tok
+ strlen (tok
);
9175 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9177 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "-force-condition", toklen
) == 0)
9182 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9185 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9188 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9190 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9191 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9194 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9199 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9201 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9202 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9203 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9208 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9212 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9216 /* Call 'find_condition_and_thread' for each sal in SALS until a parse
9217 succeeds. The parsed values are written to COND_STRING, THREAD,
9218 TASK, and REST. See the comment of 'find_condition_and_thread'
9219 for the description of these parameters and INPUT. */
9222 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (const std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
,
9223 const char *input
, char **cond_string
,
9224 int *thread
, int *task
, char **rest
)
9226 int num_failures
= 0;
9227 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9229 char *cond
= nullptr;
9232 char *remaining
= nullptr;
9234 /* Here we want to parse 'arg' to separate condition from thread
9235 number. But because parsing happens in a context and the
9236 contexts of sals might be different, try each until there is
9237 success. Finding one successful parse is sufficient for our
9238 goal. When setting the breakpoint we'll re-parse the
9239 condition in the context of each sal. */
9242 find_condition_and_thread (input
, sal
.pc
, &cond
, &thread_id
,
9243 &task_id
, &remaining
);
9244 *cond_string
= cond
;
9245 *thread
= thread_id
;
9250 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9253 /* If no sal remains, do not continue. */
9254 if (num_failures
== sals
.size ())
9260 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9262 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9263 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9265 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9268 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9270 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9272 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
9274 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
9275 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
9276 if (markers
.empty ())
9277 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9278 marker_str
.c_str ());
9280 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9281 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
9283 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
9285 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
9286 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
9287 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9294 /* Returns the breakpoint ops appropriate for use with with LOCATION_TYPE and
9295 according to IS_TRACEPOINT. */
9297 static const struct breakpoint_ops
*
9298 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type (enum event_location_type location_type
,
9303 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
9304 return &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9306 return &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9310 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
9311 return &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9313 return &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9317 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9319 const struct breakpoint_ops
*
9320 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
9323 if (location
!= nullptr)
9324 return breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type
9325 (event_location_type (location
), is_tracepoint
);
9326 return is_tracepoint
? &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
: &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9329 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9332 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9333 struct event_location
*location
,
9334 const char *cond_string
,
9335 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9336 bool force_condition
, int parse_extra
,
9337 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9339 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9340 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9341 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9344 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9347 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9349 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9351 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9352 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9353 extra_string
= NULL
;
9357 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9359 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9361 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9363 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9365 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9368 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9371 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9373 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9374 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9375 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9376 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9377 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9380 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9381 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9382 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9383 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9390 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9393 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9394 are ok for the target. */
9397 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9398 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9401 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9402 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9404 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9405 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9408 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9409 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9413 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9414 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9421 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9423 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (lsal
.sals
, extra_string
,
9424 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9425 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9426 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9430 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9431 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9432 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9434 /* Check the validity of the condition. We should error out
9435 if the condition is invalid at all of the locations and
9436 if it is not forced. In the PARSE_EXTRA case above, this
9437 check is done when parsing the EXTRA_STRING. */
9438 if (cond_string
!= nullptr && !force_condition
)
9440 int num_failures
= 0;
9441 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9442 for (const auto &sal
: lsal
.sals
)
9444 const char *cond
= cond_string
;
9447 parse_exp_1 (&cond
, sal
.pc
, block_for_pc (sal
.pc
), 0);
9448 /* One success is sufficient to keep going. */
9451 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
9454 /* If this is the last sal, error out. */
9455 if (num_failures
== lsal
.sals
.size ())
9461 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9463 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9464 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9466 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9469 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9470 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9471 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9473 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9474 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9475 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9479 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9481 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9482 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9485 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9488 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9489 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9493 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9494 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9495 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9496 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9497 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9498 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9499 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9500 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9501 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9503 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9506 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9508 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9509 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9510 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9513 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9518 /* Set a breakpoint.
9519 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9520 condition, and thread.
9521 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9522 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9526 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9528 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9529 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9530 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9533 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9534 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
9535 (location
.get (), false /* is_tracepoint */);
9537 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9539 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
9540 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9541 0 /* Ignore count */,
9542 pending_break_support
,
9550 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9553 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9557 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9559 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9560 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9561 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9564 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9565 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9566 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9567 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9570 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9572 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9573 const struct block
*b
;
9576 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9577 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9580 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9583 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9584 sal
->section
= sym
->obj_section (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9588 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9589 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9590 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9591 happen in assembly source). */
9593 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9594 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9596 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9598 sal
->section
= msym
.obj_section ();
9605 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9607 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9611 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9613 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9617 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9619 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9623 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9625 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9629 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9631 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9632 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9633 stop at <line>\n"));
9637 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9643 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9645 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9648 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9649 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9650 function/method name. */
9651 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9653 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9658 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9660 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9664 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9666 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9670 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9674 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9678 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9681 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9682 it is probably a line number. */
9683 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9685 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9690 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9692 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9696 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at LINE\n"));
9698 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9701 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9702 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9703 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9707 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9709 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9711 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9712 the next character must be ','. */
9715 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9716 error (_("Format string required"));
9719 /* Skip the comma. */
9724 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9726 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
9728 0 /* Ignore count */,
9729 pending_break_support
,
9730 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9738 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9740 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9743 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9744 ranged breakpoints. */
9747 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9748 const address_space
*aspace
,
9750 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9752 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9753 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9756 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9757 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9760 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9761 ranged breakpoints. */
9764 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9766 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9769 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9770 ranged breakpoints. */
9772 static enum print_stop_action
9773 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9775 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9776 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9777 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9779 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9781 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9782 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9784 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9786 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9788 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9789 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9791 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9792 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9794 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9795 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9796 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9798 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9801 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9804 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9805 ranged breakpoints. */
9808 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9809 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9811 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9812 struct value_print_options opts
;
9813 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9815 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9816 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9818 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9820 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9821 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9822 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9823 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9825 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9829 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9830 ranged breakpoints. */
9833 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9834 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9836 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9837 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9842 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9843 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9845 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9846 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9847 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9848 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9849 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9853 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9854 ranged breakpoints. */
9857 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9859 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9860 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9863 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9865 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9866 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9867 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9870 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9871 ranged breakpoints. */
9874 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9876 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9877 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9878 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9879 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9882 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9884 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9886 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9887 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9888 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9889 last instruction of the given line. */
9892 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9896 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9897 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9898 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9905 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9907 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9909 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9916 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9919 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9921 const char *arg_start
;
9922 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9923 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9925 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9927 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9928 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9929 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9931 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9932 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9933 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9936 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9938 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9939 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9940 error(_("No address range specified."));
9943 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9945 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9948 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9949 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9950 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9952 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9954 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9955 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9956 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9958 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9959 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9961 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9962 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9964 /* Parse the end location. */
9968 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9969 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9970 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9971 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9972 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9973 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9975 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9976 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9977 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9979 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9980 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9982 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9983 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9984 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9985 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9987 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9989 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9990 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9991 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9993 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9995 /* Length overflowed. */
9996 error (_("Address range too large."));
9997 else if (length
== 1)
9999 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10000 the `hbreak' command. */
10001 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
10006 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10007 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10008 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10009 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10010 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10011 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10012 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
10013 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
10014 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10017 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
10018 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10021 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10022 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10023 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10027 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10029 return exp
->op
->constant_p ();
10032 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10034 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10036 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10037 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10040 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10043 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10045 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10047 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10048 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10050 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10051 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10052 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10053 are loaded and unloaded.
10055 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10056 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10057 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10058 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10059 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10060 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10062 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10063 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10064 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10065 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10067 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10068 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10070 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10071 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10072 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10075 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10078 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10080 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10081 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10083 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10084 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10087 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10090 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10092 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10093 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10095 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10096 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10100 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10101 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10102 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10104 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10105 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10107 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10108 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10109 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10110 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10111 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10112 (did not match the data address). */
10113 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10114 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10121 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10123 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10125 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10128 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10129 hardware watchpoints. */
10132 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10134 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10135 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10137 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10140 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10141 hardware watchpoints. */
10144 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10146 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10147 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10150 static enum print_stop_action
10151 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10153 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10154 enum print_stop_action result
;
10155 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10156 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10158 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10160 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10161 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10163 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10164 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10168 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10171 case bp_watchpoint
:
10172 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10173 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10174 uiout
->field_string
10175 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10177 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10178 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10179 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10180 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10181 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10182 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10183 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10184 uiout
->text ("\n");
10185 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10186 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10189 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10190 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10191 uiout
->field_string
10192 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10194 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10195 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10196 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10197 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10198 uiout
->text ("\n");
10199 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10202 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10203 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10205 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10206 uiout
->field_string
10208 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10210 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10211 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10212 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10213 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10214 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10219 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10220 uiout
->field_string
10222 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10223 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10224 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10226 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10227 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10228 uiout
->text ("\n");
10229 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10232 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10238 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10242 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10244 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10245 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10246 const char *tuple_name
;
10250 case bp_watchpoint
:
10251 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10252 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10254 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10255 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10256 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10258 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10259 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10260 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10262 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10263 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10264 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10267 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10268 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10271 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10272 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
10273 uiout
->text (": ");
10274 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10277 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10281 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10283 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10287 case bp_watchpoint
:
10288 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10289 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10291 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10292 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10294 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10295 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10298 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10299 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10302 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10303 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10306 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10310 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10312 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10313 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10314 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10320 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10322 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10324 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10325 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10328 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10330 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10332 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10333 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10336 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10337 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10340 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10342 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10344 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10345 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10348 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10349 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10352 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10354 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10356 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10359 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10360 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10363 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10368 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10369 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10371 static enum print_stop_action
10372 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10374 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10375 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10377 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10378 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10380 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10381 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10385 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10386 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10387 uiout
->field_string
10388 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10391 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10392 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10393 uiout
->field_string
10394 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10397 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10398 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10399 uiout
->field_string
10401 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10404 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10405 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10409 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10410 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10411 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10412 uiout
->text ("\n");
10414 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10415 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10418 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10419 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10422 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10423 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10425 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10427 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10428 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10430 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10431 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10432 uiout
->text ("\n");
10435 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10436 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10439 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10441 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10442 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10443 const char *tuple_name
;
10447 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10448 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10449 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10451 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10452 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10453 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10455 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10456 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10457 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10460 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10461 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10464 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10465 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
10466 uiout
->text (": ");
10467 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10470 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10471 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10474 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10476 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10480 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10481 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10483 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10484 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10486 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10487 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10490 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10491 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10494 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
,
10495 phex (w
->hw_wp_mask
, sizeof (CORE_ADDR
)));
10496 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10499 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10501 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10503 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10506 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10508 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10511 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10512 hw_read: watch read,
10513 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10515 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10516 bool just_location
, bool internal
)
10518 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10519 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10520 struct value
*result
;
10521 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10522 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10523 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10524 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10526 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10527 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10528 enum bptype bp_type
;
10530 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10531 the hardware watchpoint. */
10532 bool use_mask
= false;
10533 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10535 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10536 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10538 const char *value_start
;
10540 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10542 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10543 of the arguments string. */
10544 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10546 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10547 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10550 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10551 This is the value of the parameter. */
10552 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10554 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10556 /* Skip whitespace. */
10557 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10562 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10563 This is the parameter itself. */
10564 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10567 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10569 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10571 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10572 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10573 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10574 only in a specific thread. */
10578 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10580 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10581 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10583 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10584 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10585 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10587 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10589 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10591 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10592 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10594 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10597 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10599 use_mask
= just_location
= true;
10601 mark
= value_mark ();
10602 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10603 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10604 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10607 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10610 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10611 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10618 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10619 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10621 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10622 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10623 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
10624 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
10626 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10627 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10629 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10632 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10633 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10637 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10638 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10640 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10643 exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
10644 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
10645 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10646 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), exp
->op
.get (), &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10649 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10651 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10652 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10660 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10661 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10662 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10666 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10669 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10670 else if (ret
== -2)
10671 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10674 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10675 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10677 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10678 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10680 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10681 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10683 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10684 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker
;
10685 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker
);
10687 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10688 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10689 cond_exp_valid_block
= if_tracker
.block ();
10694 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10696 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10698 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10700 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10702 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10703 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10704 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10705 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10706 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10708 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10710 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10712 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10713 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10716 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10717 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10718 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10720 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10723 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10725 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10726 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10728 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10729 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10731 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10732 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10733 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10734 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10735 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10736 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10737 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10741 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10742 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10743 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10744 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10746 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10747 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10748 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10749 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10751 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10753 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10756 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10757 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10759 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10760 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10761 w
->thread
= thread
;
10762 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10763 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10764 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10765 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10766 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10769 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10770 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10772 w
->exp_string_reparse
10773 = current_language
->watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
10775 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10776 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10779 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10783 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10788 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10789 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10790 w
->val_valid
= true;
10794 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10796 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10798 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10800 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10801 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10805 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10806 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10809 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10811 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10812 need to act on them together. */
10813 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10814 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10817 if (!just_location
)
10818 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10820 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10821 that should be inserted. */
10822 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10824 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10827 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10828 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10831 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10833 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10835 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10836 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10839 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10840 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10842 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10843 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10844 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10845 hardware watchpoint.
10847 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10848 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10849 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10850 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10851 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10852 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10853 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10854 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10855 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10857 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10858 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10859 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10860 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10861 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10863 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10865 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10867 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10868 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10869 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10870 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10871 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10872 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10876 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10877 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10878 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10880 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10881 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10882 middle of some value chain. */
10884 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10885 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10887 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10891 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10892 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10893 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10895 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10899 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10903 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10904 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10905 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10906 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10907 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10910 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10911 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10912 return found_memory_cnt
;
10916 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10918 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10921 /* Options for the watch, awatch, and rwatch commands. */
10923 struct watch_options
10925 /* For -location. */
10926 bool location
= false;
10929 /* Definitions of options for the "watch", "awatch", and "rwatch" commands.
10931 Historically GDB always accepted both '-location' and '-l' flags for
10932 these commands (both flags being synonyms). When converting to the
10933 newer option scheme only '-location' is added here. That's fine (for
10934 backward compatibility) as any non-ambiguous prefix of a flag will be
10935 accepted, so '-l', '-loc', are now all accepted.
10937 What this means is that, if in the future, we add any new flag here
10938 that starts with '-l' then this will break backward compatibility, so
10939 please, don't do that! */
10941 static const gdb::option::option_def watch_option_defs
[] = {
10942 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<watch_options
> {
10944 [] (watch_options
*opt
) { return &opt
->location
; },
10946 This evaluates EXPRESSION and watches the memory to which is refers.\n\
10947 -l can be used as a short form of -location."),
10951 /* Returns the option group used by 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch'
10954 static gdb::option::option_def_group
10955 make_watch_options_def_group (watch_options
*opts
)
10957 return {{watch_option_defs
}, opts
};
10960 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10961 calls watch_command_1. */
10964 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10966 watch_options opts
;
10967 auto grp
= make_watch_options_def_group (&opts
);
10968 gdb::option::process_options
10969 (&arg
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, grp
);
10970 if (arg
!= nullptr && *arg
== '\0')
10973 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, opts
.location
, false);
10976 /* Command completion for 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch' commands. */
10978 watch_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*ignore
,
10979 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
10980 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
10982 const auto group
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
10983 if (gdb::option::complete_options
10984 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, group
))
10987 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
10988 expression_completer (ignore
, tracker
, text
, word
);
10992 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10994 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10998 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
11000 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11004 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11006 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11010 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
11012 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11016 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11018 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11022 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11023 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11026 struct until_break_fsm
: public thread_fsm
11028 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
11031 /* The breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame,
11032 plus breakpoints at all the destination locations. */
11033 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
11035 until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11036 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> &&breakpoints
)
11037 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp
),
11039 breakpoints (std::move (breakpoints
))
11043 void clean_up (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
11044 bool should_stop (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
11045 enum async_reply_reason
do_async_reply_reason () override
;
11048 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11049 until(location)/advance commands. */
11052 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info
*tp
)
11054 for (const breakpoint_up
&bp
: breakpoints
)
11055 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11056 bp
.get ()) != NULL
)
11065 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11066 until(location)/advance commands. */
11069 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info
*)
11071 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11072 breakpoints
.clear ();
11073 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread
);
11076 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11077 until(location)/advance commands. */
11079 enum async_reply_reason
11080 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
11082 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11086 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11088 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11089 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11090 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11091 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11093 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11095 clear_proceed_status (0);
11097 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11100 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11102 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11103 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11104 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11105 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11106 get_last_displayed_line ())
11107 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11111 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11114 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11116 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11117 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11119 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11120 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11121 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11124 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11125 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11126 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11127 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11129 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11132 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
11134 gdb::optional
<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
> lj_deleter
;
11136 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11138 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11139 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11141 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11142 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11143 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11145 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
11146 = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
, sal2
,
11147 caller_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11148 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
11150 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11151 lj_deleter
.emplace (thread
);
11154 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11157 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location, we
11158 don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. Otherwise,
11159 specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only at the
11160 very same frame. */
11161 frame_id stop_frame_id
= anywhere
? null_frame_id
: stack_frame_id
;
11163 for (symtab_and_line
&sal
: sals
)
11165 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11167 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
11168 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11169 stop_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11170 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (location_breakpoint
));
11173 tp
->thread_fsm
= new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11174 std::move (breakpoints
));
11177 lj_deleter
->release ();
11179 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11182 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11183 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11185 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11186 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11187 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11188 if clause in the arg string. */
11191 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11193 const char *cond_string
;
11195 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11198 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11201 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11202 condition string. */
11203 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11204 cond_string
= *arg
;
11206 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11208 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11210 return cond_string
;
11213 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11214 process start/exit, etc. */
11218 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11219 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11224 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11225 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11227 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11228 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11229 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11231 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11232 bool temp
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11233 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11237 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11239 /* The allowed syntax is:
11241 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11243 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11244 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11246 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11247 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11249 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11250 and enable reporting of such events. */
11253 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11254 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11255 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
,
11256 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11258 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11259 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11260 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
,
11261 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11264 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11270 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11271 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11273 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11274 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11275 bool temp
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11279 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11281 /* The allowed syntax is:
11283 catch exec if <cond>
11285 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11286 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11288 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11289 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11291 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11292 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
,
11293 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11294 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11296 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11300 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11301 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11302 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11303 const char *addr_string
,
11304 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11311 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11313 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11315 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11316 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11317 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11318 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11319 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11320 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11321 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11322 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11323 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11324 enough for now, though. */
11327 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
11329 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11330 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11331 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11332 language_def (language_ada
));
11333 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11338 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11341 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11343 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
11344 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
11346 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
11348 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
11351 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11355 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11358 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11361 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11365 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11366 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11367 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11371 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11372 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11373 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11375 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11379 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11380 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11381 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11382 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11383 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11384 error (_("No source file specified."));
11390 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11391 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11392 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11393 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11395 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11396 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11397 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11398 due to optimization, all in one block.
11400 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11401 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11402 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11403 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11404 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11405 to support that. */
11407 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11408 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11409 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11412 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
11413 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11415 const char *sal_fullname
;
11417 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11418 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11419 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11422 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11427 1 0 <can't happen> */
11429 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11430 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11432 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11433 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
11436 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11437 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11439 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
11441 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11442 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11443 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11445 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11446 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11447 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11448 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11449 int line_match
= 0;
11451 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11452 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11453 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11454 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11455 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11456 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11457 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11460 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11469 found
.push_back (b
);
11473 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11474 if (found
.empty ())
11477 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11479 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11482 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11483 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11484 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11486 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) < 0;
11488 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11489 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11491 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) == 0;
11495 if (found
.size () > 1)
11496 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11499 if (found
.size () == 1)
11500 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11502 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11505 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11508 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11509 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11512 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11515 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11516 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11517 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11520 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11522 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11523 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11524 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11526 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11528 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
11529 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11530 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11533 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11534 std::sort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11535 bl_address_is_meaningful says), secondarily by ordering first
11536 permanent elements and terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted
11537 stable way despite std::sort being an unstable algorithm. */
11540 bp_location_is_less_than (const bp_location
*a
, const bp_location
*b
)
11542 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11543 return a
->address
< b
->address
;
11545 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11546 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11549 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11550 return a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
;
11552 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11553 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11554 return a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
;
11556 /* Sort by type in order to make duplicate determination easier.
11557 See update_global_location_list. This is kept in sync with
11558 breakpoint_locations_match. */
11559 if (a
->loc_type
< b
->loc_type
)
11562 /* Likewise, for range-breakpoints, sort by length. */
11563 if (a
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
11564 && b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
11565 && a
->length
< b
->length
)
11568 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11569 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11570 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11572 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11573 return a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
;
11578 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11579 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11580 content of the bp_locations array. */
11583 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11585 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11586 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11588 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
11590 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11592 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11595 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11596 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11598 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11599 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11600 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11601 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11603 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11605 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11606 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11607 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11608 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11612 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11615 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11617 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11619 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11621 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
11623 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11624 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11626 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11627 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11628 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11631 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11633 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11634 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11636 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11639 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11642 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
11644 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11645 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11646 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11647 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11650 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11652 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11655 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11657 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11658 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11659 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11660 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11664 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11667 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11669 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11670 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11671 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11672 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11674 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11675 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11676 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11677 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11678 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11680 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11681 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11682 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11683 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11684 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11685 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11686 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11687 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11690 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11691 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11692 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11696 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11698 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11701 address
= bl
->address
;
11702 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11704 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11705 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11706 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11708 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11709 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11712 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11713 the same program space as the location
11714 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11715 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11716 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (address
))
11718 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11719 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11722 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11723 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11724 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11725 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11726 that have already been marked. */
11727 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11729 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11731 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11735 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11736 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11737 locations are duplicate of which.
11739 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11740 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11744 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11746 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11747 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11748 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11749 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11751 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11752 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11753 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11754 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11755 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11757 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11758 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11759 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11760 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11762 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11763 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11764 std::vector
<bp_location
*> old_locations
= std::move (bp_locations
);
11765 bp_locations
.clear ();
11767 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
11768 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
11769 bp_locations
.push_back (loc
);
11771 /* See if we need to "upgrade" a software breakpoint to a hardware
11772 breakpoint. Do this before deciding whether locations are
11773 duplicates. Also do this before sorting because sorting order
11774 depends on location type. */
11775 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp_locations
)
11776 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
11777 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (loc
);
11779 std::sort (bp_locations
.begin (), bp_locations
.end (),
11780 bp_location_is_less_than
);
11782 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11784 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11785 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11786 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11787 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11788 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11791 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11792 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11795 for (bp_location
*old_loc
: old_locations
)
11797 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11798 not, we have to free it. */
11799 int found_object
= 0;
11800 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11801 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11804 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11805 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11806 while (loc_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11807 && bp_locations
[loc_i
]->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11810 for (size_t loc2_i
= loc_i
;
11811 (loc2_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11812 && bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11815 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11816 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11817 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11819 if (bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11820 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11821 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11823 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (bp_locations
[loc2_i
]);
11824 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11827 if (bp_locations
[loc2_i
] == old_loc
)
11831 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11832 have to go through updates again. */
11833 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11835 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11837 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11839 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11840 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11841 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11842 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11843 at certain location is not inserted. */
11845 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11847 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11850 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11852 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11853 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11854 keep_in_target
= 1;
11858 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11859 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11860 remove its target-side condition. */
11862 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11863 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11864 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11865 this one from the target. */
11867 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11868 if (bl_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
))
11870 for (size_t loc2_i
= loc_i
;
11871 (loc2_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11872 && bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11875 bp_location
*loc2
= bp_locations
[loc2_i
];
11877 if (loc2
== old_loc
)
11880 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11882 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11883 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11884 supported, but the latter are. */
11885 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11887 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11888 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11891 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11892 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11894 if (unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11896 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11897 keep_in_target
= 1;
11905 if (!keep_in_target
)
11907 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11909 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11910 this location on the global list, and try to
11911 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11912 reason why we will succeed next time.
11914 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11915 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11916 only after calling us. */
11917 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11918 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11919 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11927 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11928 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11930 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11931 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11932 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11933 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11934 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11935 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11936 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11937 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11938 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11939 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11940 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11941 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11942 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11943 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11946 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11947 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11949 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11950 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11951 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11952 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11953 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11954 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11955 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11956 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11957 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11958 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11959 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11960 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11961 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11964 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11965 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11966 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11967 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11969 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11970 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11971 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11972 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11973 traps we can no longer explain. */
11975 process_stratum_target
*proc_target
= nullptr;
11976 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
11977 if (inf
->pspace
== old_loc
->pspace
)
11979 proc_target
= inf
->process_target ();
11982 if (proc_target
!= nullptr)
11983 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
11984 = 3 * (thread_count (proc_target
) + 1);
11986 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 1;
11987 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11989 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
11993 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11994 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
11999 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12000 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12001 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12002 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12003 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12004 are sorted first for the same address.
12006 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12007 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12009 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12010 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12011 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12012 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12014 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
12016 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12018 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12019 breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
12021 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12022 || !bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
)
12023 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12024 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12025 `struct bp_location'. */
12026 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12028 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12029 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12033 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12034 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12035 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12036 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12037 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12038 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12040 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12042 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12043 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12044 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12046 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12047 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12049 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12051 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12052 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12053 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12059 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12060 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12061 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12063 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12064 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12066 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12067 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12070 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12072 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12073 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12076 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12077 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12078 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12079 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12080 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12082 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12086 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12087 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12091 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12093 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
12095 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
12096 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12098 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12099 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
12106 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12111 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12113 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
12118 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12121 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12125 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12126 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12128 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12129 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12130 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12134 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12136 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12138 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12140 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12144 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12148 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12150 struct value_print_options opts
;
12152 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12154 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12156 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12158 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12159 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12160 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12161 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12163 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12164 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12166 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12168 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12169 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12174 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12175 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12181 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12182 printf_filtered (" at %ps",
12183 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
12184 paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
,
12185 b
->loc
->address
)));
12186 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12188 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12190 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12192 const char *filename
12193 = symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
);
12194 printf_filtered (": file %ps, line %d.",
12195 styled_string (file_name_style
.style (),
12197 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12200 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12201 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12202 real situation somewhat. */
12203 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12204 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12209 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12211 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12213 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12218 bp_location::~bp_location ()
12220 xfree (function_name
);
12223 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12225 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12227 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12228 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12231 /* See breakpoint.h. */
12233 bp_locations_range
breakpoint::locations ()
12235 return bp_locations_range (this->loc
);
12238 static struct bp_location
*
12239 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12241 return new bp_location (self
);
12245 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12247 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12250 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12251 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12254 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12256 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12260 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12261 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12263 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12267 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12268 const address_space
*aspace
,
12270 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12272 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12276 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12281 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12285 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12287 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12290 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12294 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12296 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12299 static enum print_stop_action
12300 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12302 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12306 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12307 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12313 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12315 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12319 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12321 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12325 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12326 (struct event_location
*location
,
12327 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12328 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12330 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12334 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12335 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12336 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12337 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12338 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12339 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12341 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12342 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12343 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12344 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12346 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12349 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12350 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12351 struct event_location
*location
,
12352 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12354 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12357 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12360 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12365 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12368 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12370 /* Nothing to do. */
12373 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12375 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12376 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12377 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12378 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12379 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12380 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12381 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12382 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12383 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12385 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12386 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12387 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12388 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12389 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12390 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12391 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12392 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12395 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12398 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12400 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12401 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12403 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12404 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12408 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12412 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12414 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12416 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12417 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12419 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12420 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12422 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12426 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12428 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12429 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12431 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12435 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12436 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12437 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12439 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12440 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12443 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12447 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12448 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12449 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12456 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12457 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12458 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12460 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12461 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12463 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12464 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12465 be set at the same address. */
12469 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12473 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12475 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12480 static enum print_stop_action
12481 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12483 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12484 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12486 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12488 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12490 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
12491 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12493 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12494 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12495 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12498 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12499 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12501 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12503 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12504 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12505 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12508 uiout
->message ("Temporary breakpoint %pF, ",
12509 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12511 uiout
->message ("Breakpoint %pF, ",
12512 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12514 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12518 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12520 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12525 case bp_breakpoint
:
12526 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12527 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12528 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12530 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12531 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12532 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12533 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12535 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12536 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12539 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12547 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12549 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12550 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12551 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12552 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12553 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12554 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12555 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12556 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12557 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12559 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12560 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12562 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12563 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12565 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12566 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12567 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12568 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12570 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12574 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12575 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12576 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12578 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12582 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12583 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12584 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12585 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12586 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12587 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12589 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12590 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12591 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12592 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12594 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12595 std::move (cond_string
),
12596 std::move (extra_string
),
12598 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12599 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12600 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12603 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12604 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12605 struct event_location
*location
,
12606 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12608 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12611 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12614 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12618 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12619 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12620 case bp_overlay_event
:
12621 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12622 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12623 case bp_exception_master
:
12624 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12627 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12628 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12629 case bp_shlib_event
:
12631 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12632 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12633 case bp_thread_event
:
12639 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12641 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12643 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12644 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12645 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12646 objects (among other things). */
12647 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12648 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12654 static enum print_stop_action
12655 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12657 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12659 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12663 case bp_shlib_event
:
12664 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12665 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12666 to shlib event" message.) */
12667 print_solib_event (0);
12670 case bp_thread_event
:
12671 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12672 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12673 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12676 case bp_overlay_event
:
12677 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12678 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12681 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12682 /* These should never be enabled. */
12683 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12686 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12687 /* These should never be enabled. */
12688 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12689 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12692 case bp_exception_master
:
12693 /* These should never be enabled. */
12694 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12695 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12699 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12703 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12705 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12708 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12711 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12713 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12714 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12715 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12716 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12720 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12722 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12725 static enum print_stop_action
12726 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12728 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12732 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12734 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12737 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12739 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12740 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12742 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12744 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12747 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12750 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12753 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12755 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12759 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12761 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12768 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12769 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12771 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12772 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12774 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12778 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12779 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12780 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12782 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12784 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12786 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12787 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12790 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12791 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12792 struct event_location
*location
,
12793 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12795 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12797 error (_("probe not found"));
12801 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12804 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12806 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12810 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12811 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12812 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12814 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12820 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12821 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12823 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12824 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12826 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12828 uiout
->message ("\tmarker id is %pF\n",
12829 string_field ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12830 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ()));
12835 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12837 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12842 case bp_tracepoint
:
12843 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12844 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12846 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12847 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12848 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12850 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12851 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12852 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12855 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12856 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12863 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12865 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12867 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12868 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12869 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12870 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12871 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12872 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12874 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12875 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12877 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12878 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12879 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12881 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12882 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12886 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12887 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12888 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12890 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12894 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12895 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12896 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12897 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12898 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12899 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12901 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12902 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12903 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12904 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12906 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12907 std::move (cond_string
),
12908 std::move (extra_string
),
12910 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12911 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12912 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12915 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12916 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12917 struct event_location
*location
,
12918 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12920 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12923 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12925 /* Virtual table for tracepoints on static probes. */
12928 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12929 (struct event_location
*location
,
12930 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12931 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12933 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12934 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12937 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12938 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12939 struct event_location
*location
,
12940 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12942 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12943 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12946 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12949 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12951 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12953 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12954 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
12956 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12957 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12958 3 - disconnect from target 1
12959 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12961 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12962 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12963 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12964 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12965 it all the time. */
12966 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12967 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
12970 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12973 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12975 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
12976 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
12978 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12981 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
12984 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12985 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
12986 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
12987 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
12988 address are all handled. */
12991 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12993 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
12994 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
12996 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
12997 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
12998 condition not be evaluated. */
13001 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13002 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13003 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13004 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13005 commands here throws. */
13006 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13007 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13009 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13011 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13012 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13016 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13020 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
13021 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13022 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13024 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13025 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13027 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13028 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13030 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13031 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
13032 canonical
->location
13033 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
13036 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13037 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13041 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13042 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13043 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13044 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13045 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13046 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13048 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13049 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13050 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13051 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13053 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
13055 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13056 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13057 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13058 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13059 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13060 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13062 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
13064 event_location_up location
13065 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13067 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13068 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13069 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13070 std::move (cond_string
),
13071 std::move (extra_string
),
13072 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13073 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13074 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13075 canonical
->special_display
);
13076 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13077 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13078 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13079 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13080 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13081 corresponds to this one */
13082 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13084 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13088 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13089 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13090 struct event_location
*location
,
13091 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13093 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13094 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13096 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13097 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13099 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13104 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13107 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13110 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13112 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13115 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13119 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13121 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13123 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13124 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13127 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13128 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13129 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13130 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13131 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13134 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13135 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13136 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13137 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13139 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13142 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13143 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13144 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13146 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13147 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13149 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13150 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13151 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13152 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13156 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13158 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13159 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13160 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13161 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13162 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13165 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13166 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13167 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13168 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13170 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
13172 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13173 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13175 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
13176 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13178 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13182 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13184 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13185 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13186 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13187 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13188 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13189 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13190 commands won't work. */
13192 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13194 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13195 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13196 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13197 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13198 might be better design to have location completely
13199 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13200 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13202 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13203 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13204 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13208 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13209 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13212 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13213 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13215 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13220 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13222 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13223 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13225 if (next
== related
)
13227 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13228 function (related
);
13230 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13231 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13236 function (related
);
13240 while (related
!= b
);
13244 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13250 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13252 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13253 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13254 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13255 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
13256 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13258 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13262 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13264 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13265 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
13266 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13267 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13270 map_breakpoint_numbers
13271 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
13273 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
13277 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13278 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13282 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13284 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
13285 if ((pspace
== NULL
13286 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13287 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13288 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13293 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13294 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13295 Null names are ignored. */
13298 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13300 struct bp_location
*l
;
13301 htab_up
htab (htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, htab_eq_string
, NULL
,
13304 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13307 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13309 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13313 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
.get (), (const void *) name
,
13315 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13325 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13326 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13327 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13328 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13329 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13330 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13331 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13332 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13335 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13336 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13337 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13338 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13339 in the sources, and output a warning.
13341 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13342 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13343 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13344 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13345 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13348 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13349 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13350 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13351 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13352 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13353 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13354 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13355 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13356 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13358 static struct symtab_and_line
13359 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13361 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13362 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13367 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13369 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13371 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
13372 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13373 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
13374 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
13376 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
13381 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13383 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13385 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13386 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13388 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
13389 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13390 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13392 if (!markers
.empty ())
13394 struct symbol
*sym
;
13395 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13396 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13397 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13399 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
13401 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13403 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13404 "found at previous line number"),
13405 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13407 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13408 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13409 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13412 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
13413 function_name_style
.style ());
13414 uiout
->text (" at ");
13416 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13417 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13418 file_name_style
.style ());
13421 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13423 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13425 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13428 uiout
->field_signed ("line", sal2
.line
);
13429 uiout
->text ("\n");
13431 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13432 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13434 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13435 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13436 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13437 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13438 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13439 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13440 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13442 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13449 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13450 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13453 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13457 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13460 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13463 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13466 if (a
->disabled_by_cond
!= b
->disabled_by_cond
)
13473 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13479 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13480 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13481 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13483 static struct bp_location
*
13484 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13486 struct bp_location head
;
13487 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13488 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13489 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13491 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13502 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13517 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13518 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13519 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13520 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13524 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13525 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13526 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13527 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13529 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13531 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13533 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13535 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13536 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13537 "multiple locations found\n"),
13542 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13543 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13544 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13545 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13546 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13547 individual locations. */
13548 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13551 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13553 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13555 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13557 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13559 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13561 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13563 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13567 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13570 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13571 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13574 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13576 new_loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
13580 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13582 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13584 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13588 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13591 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13592 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13593 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13594 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13595 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13596 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13597 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13599 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13601 if ((!e
->enabled
|| e
->disabled_by_cond
) && e
->function_name
)
13603 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13605 for (bp_location
*l
: b
->locations ())
13607 /* Ignore software vs hardware location type at
13608 this point, because with "set breakpoint
13609 auto-hw", after a re-set, locations that were
13610 hardware can end up as software, or vice versa.
13611 As mentioned above, this is an heuristic and in
13612 practice should give the correct answer often
13614 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
, true))
13616 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
13617 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
13624 for (bp_location
*l
: b
->locations ())
13625 if (l
->function_name
13626 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13628 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
13629 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
13637 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13638 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13641 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13642 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13644 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13645 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13646 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13648 struct gdb_exception exception
;
13650 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13652 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13656 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13658 catch (gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13660 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13662 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13663 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13664 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13665 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13666 state, then user already saw the message about that
13667 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13669 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13670 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13672 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13673 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13674 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13675 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13676 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13677 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13679 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13681 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13682 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13683 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13684 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13685 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13686 which approach is better. */
13687 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13691 exception
= std::move (e
);
13694 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13696 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13697 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13698 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13700 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
13703 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (sals
, b
->extra_string
,
13704 &cond_string
, &thread
,
13705 &task
, &extra_string
);
13706 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13708 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13709 b
->thread
= thread
;
13713 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
13714 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13716 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13719 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13720 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13730 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13731 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13735 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13737 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13738 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13741 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13742 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13744 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13746 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13748 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13749 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13750 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13752 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13755 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13758 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13759 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13762 create_sals_from_location_default (struct event_location
*location
,
13763 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13764 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13766 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13769 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13770 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13774 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13775 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13776 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13777 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13778 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13779 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13781 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13782 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13783 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13784 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13786 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13787 std::move (cond_string
),
13788 std::move (extra_string
),
13789 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13790 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13791 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13794 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13795 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13797 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13798 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13799 struct event_location
*location
,
13800 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13802 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13804 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13805 NULL
, 0, &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13808 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13809 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13811 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13813 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13814 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13819 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13822 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13824 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13825 set_language (b
->language
);
13827 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13830 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13831 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13834 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13837 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13838 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13839 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13841 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13842 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13843 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13844 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13845 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13846 we select the current frame.
13848 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13849 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13850 have been reset. */
13851 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
13852 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
13854 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13855 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13856 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13857 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13859 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
13863 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13865 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
13867 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13868 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13873 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13876 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13877 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13878 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13879 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13881 /* Now we can insert. */
13882 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13885 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13887 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13888 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13890 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13892 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13894 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
13896 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13897 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13898 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13900 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13904 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13905 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13906 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13909 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13914 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
13915 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13917 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13919 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13920 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13925 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13929 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13930 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13932 else if (count
== 1)
13933 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13936 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13937 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13940 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13944 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13947 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13950 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13952 const char *p
= args
;
13956 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13958 num
= get_number (&p
);
13960 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13962 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13964 set_ignore_count (num
,
13965 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
13968 printf_filtered ("\n");
13972 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13973 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
13976 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
13977 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13979 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
13981 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
13982 bp_num_range
.first
);
13986 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
13988 bool match
= false;
13990 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
13991 if (b
->number
== i
)
13998 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
14003 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
14007 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14008 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14010 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14011 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14013 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14015 while (!parser
.finished ())
14017 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
14018 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
14022 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
14023 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
14025 static struct bp_location
*
14026 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
14028 breakpoint
*b
= get_breakpoint (bp_num
);
14030 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14031 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
14034 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14037 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
14038 if (++n
== loc_num
)
14041 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14044 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14045 enum class extract_bp_kind
14047 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14050 /* Extracting a location number. */
14054 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14055 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14056 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14057 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14058 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14061 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
14062 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
14064 const char *end
= start
;
14065 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
14067 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14068 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14069 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14070 int (end
- start
), start
);
14072 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14073 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14074 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14075 int (end
- start
), start
);
14077 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
14082 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14083 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14084 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14085 are always positive integers. */
14087 static std::pair
<int, int>
14088 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
14089 const std::string
&arg
,
14090 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
14092 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
14093 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
14094 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
14095 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
14097 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14098 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
14099 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14100 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14101 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14105 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
14106 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
14107 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
14108 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
14110 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
14111 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14112 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14113 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14114 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
14118 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14119 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
14120 range
.second
= range
.first
;
14125 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14126 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14129 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14131 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14132 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14133 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14134 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14135 location number range.
14139 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
14140 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
14141 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
14143 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
14145 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
14147 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14149 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
14150 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
14153 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
14154 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
14156 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
14161 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14163 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
14164 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
14165 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
14169 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14170 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14173 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
14175 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
14178 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& enable
)
14179 error (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is invalid at location %d, "
14180 "cannot enable."), bp_num
, loc_num
);
14182 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
14184 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
14185 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14187 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14188 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14189 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14190 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14192 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14194 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
14197 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14198 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14199 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14200 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14204 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
14205 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
14208 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
14209 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
14212 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14213 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14214 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14217 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14219 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14220 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14221 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14222 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14225 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14227 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14228 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14230 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14231 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14233 for (bp_location
*location
: bpt
->locations ())
14234 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14237 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14239 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14242 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14243 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14244 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14245 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14248 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
14252 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
14253 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14256 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14258 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14263 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14265 while (!num
.empty ())
14267 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
14269 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
14271 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
14272 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
14274 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14275 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
14277 ? enable_breakpoint
14278 : disable_breakpoint
);
14282 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14284 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14285 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
14287 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14292 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14293 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14294 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14295 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14298 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14300 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
14304 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14307 int target_resources_ok
;
14309 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14312 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14313 target_resources_ok
=
14314 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14316 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14317 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14318 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14319 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14322 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14324 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14325 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14329 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14331 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14332 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14333 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14335 catch (const gdb_exception
&e
)
14337 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14338 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14344 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14346 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14347 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14349 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14350 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14352 for (bp_location
*location
: bpt
->locations ())
14353 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14356 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14357 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14358 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14360 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14365 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14367 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14370 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14371 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14372 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14373 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14376 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14378 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
14382 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14384 map_breakpoint_numbers
14385 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14387 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14388 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14390 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14396 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14401 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14403 count
= get_number (&args
);
14405 map_breakpoint_numbers
14406 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14408 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14409 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14411 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14417 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14419 map_breakpoint_numbers
14420 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14422 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14423 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14425 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14430 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14431 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14435 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14436 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14437 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14439 for (breakpoint
*bp
: all_breakpoints ())
14440 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14441 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14443 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14445 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
14447 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp
->locations ())
14448 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14449 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14450 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14453 wp
->val_valid
= false;
14459 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14462 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14463 const address_space
*aspace
,
14466 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14467 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14468 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14470 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14472 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14473 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14476 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14478 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14479 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14480 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14482 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14485 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14488 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14490 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14491 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14493 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14495 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14497 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14498 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14500 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14501 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14509 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14512 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14513 const address_space
*aspace
,
14516 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp
->locations ())
14518 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14524 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14528 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14531 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
14533 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14534 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14540 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14542 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14544 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14546 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14547 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14551 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14553 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14555 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
14556 (location
.get (), true /* is_tracepoint */);
14558 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14560 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
14562 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14563 0 /* Ignore count */,
14564 pending_break_support
,
14568 0 /* internal */, 0);
14572 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14574 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14576 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14578 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
14580 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14581 0 /* Ignore count */,
14582 pending_break_support
,
14583 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14586 0 /* internal */, 0);
14589 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14592 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14594 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14595 event_location_up location
;
14597 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14598 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14599 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14601 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14602 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14606 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14607 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14610 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14612 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
14614 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14615 0 /* Ignore count */,
14616 pending_break_support
,
14620 0 /* internal */, 0);
14623 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14624 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14626 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14627 static int next_cmd
;
14630 read_uploaded_action (void)
14632 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14634 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14636 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
].get ();
14643 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14644 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14645 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14646 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14647 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14649 struct tracepoint
*
14650 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14652 const char *addr_str
;
14653 char small_buf
[100];
14654 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14656 if (utp
->at_string
)
14657 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
.get ();
14660 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14661 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14662 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14664 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14665 "source location, using raw address"),
14667 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14668 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14671 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14672 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14673 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14674 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14677 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14679 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14681 utp
->cond_string
.get (), -1, addr_str
,
14682 false /* force_condition */,
14683 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14685 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14686 0 /* Ignore count */,
14687 pending_break_support
,
14688 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14690 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14692 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14695 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14696 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14697 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14701 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14704 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14707 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14708 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14709 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14711 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14713 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14718 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
14720 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14722 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14723 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14724 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14725 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14728 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14729 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14730 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14735 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14739 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14741 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14744 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_tracepoint
);
14746 if (num_printed
== 0)
14748 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14749 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14751 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14754 default_collect_info ();
14757 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14758 Not supported by all targets. */
14760 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14762 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14765 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14766 Not supported by all targets. */
14768 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14770 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14773 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14775 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14781 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14783 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14784 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14785 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14787 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_tracepoints ())
14788 if (is_tracepoint (tp
) && user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14790 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14794 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14796 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14798 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
14799 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14800 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14804 map_breakpoint_numbers
14805 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
14807 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
14811 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14814 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14816 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14817 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14819 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14820 tp
->number
, count
);
14823 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14825 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14826 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14827 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14830 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14832 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14835 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14836 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14837 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14839 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14841 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14842 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14844 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14846 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14848 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
14850 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14851 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14854 else if (*args
== '\0')
14856 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14858 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14862 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14863 while (!parser
.finished ())
14865 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14867 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14872 struct tracepoint
*
14873 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14875 for (breakpoint
*t
: all_tracepoints ())
14876 if (t
->number
== num
)
14877 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14882 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14883 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14886 struct tracepoint
*
14887 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14889 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
14891 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14893 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14900 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14901 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14902 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14903 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14905 struct tracepoint
*
14906 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14907 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14910 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14912 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14914 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14915 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14917 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14918 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14920 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14924 if (instring
&& *instring
)
14925 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14928 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14932 for (breakpoint
*t
: all_tracepoints ())
14933 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
14935 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14938 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
14943 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
14945 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14946 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
14949 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
14951 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
14954 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14955 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14956 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14960 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
14961 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
14964 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
14966 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
14967 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14969 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14970 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_breakpoints ())
14972 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14973 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14976 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14977 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14982 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
14984 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
14986 /* We can stop searching. */
14993 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
14997 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
15001 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
15002 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15003 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
15005 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15006 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15008 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_breakpoints ())
15010 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15011 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15014 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15015 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15018 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15020 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15021 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15024 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15025 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15027 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15028 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15030 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15032 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15034 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15037 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
15039 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
15041 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15045 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15046 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15049 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15050 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15052 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15053 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15054 special, and not user visible. */
15055 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15059 for (bp_location
*loc
: tp
->locations ())
15062 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15069 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15070 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15073 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15076 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15079 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15081 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15084 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15087 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15089 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15093 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15094 locations used by several commands. */
15096 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15097 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15098 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15099 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15100 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15101 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15103 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15104 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15105 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15107 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15108 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15109 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15110 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15111 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15113 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15114 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15115 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15116 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15117 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15118 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead."
15120 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15121 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15122 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15125 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15126 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM]\n\
15127 \t[-force-condition] [if CONDITION]\n\
15128 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15129 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15130 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15131 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15132 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15135 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15136 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15138 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15139 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15141 With the \"-force-condition\" flag, the condition is defined even when\n\
15142 it is invalid for all current locations.\n\
15143 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
15144 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15145 conditions are different.\n\
15147 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15149 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15150 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15152 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15153 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15156 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15157 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15158 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15159 void *user_data_catch
,
15160 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15162 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15164 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15166 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15167 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15168 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15170 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15172 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15173 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15174 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15177 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15178 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15181 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15183 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15184 non-inline function. */
15185 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15191 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15192 have been inlined. */
15195 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15196 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15198 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
15200 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15203 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
15205 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15206 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15214 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15217 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15219 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
15220 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15221 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15225 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15227 static int initialized
= 0;
15229 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15235 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15236 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15237 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15238 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15239 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15240 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15241 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15242 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15243 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15244 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15245 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15246 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15248 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15249 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15250 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15251 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15252 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15253 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15254 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15255 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15257 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15258 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15259 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15260 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15261 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15262 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15263 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15264 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15265 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15266 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15268 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15269 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15270 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15271 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15272 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15273 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15274 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15276 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15277 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15278 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15279 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15280 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15281 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15282 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15284 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15285 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15286 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15287 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15288 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15289 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15290 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15293 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15294 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15295 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15296 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15297 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15298 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15299 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15300 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15301 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15302 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15303 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15304 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15305 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15307 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15308 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15309 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15310 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15311 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15312 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15313 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15314 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15315 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15316 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15317 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15320 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15321 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15322 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15323 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15324 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15325 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15326 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15327 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15328 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15329 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15331 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15332 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15333 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15334 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15335 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15337 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15338 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15339 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15340 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15341 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15342 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15344 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15345 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15346 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15347 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15348 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15349 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15350 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15351 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15352 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15353 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15355 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15356 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15357 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15358 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15359 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15360 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15361 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15362 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15363 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15364 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15366 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15367 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15368 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15369 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15370 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15371 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15372 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15373 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15374 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15375 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15377 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15378 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15379 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15380 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15381 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15382 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15383 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15384 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15385 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15386 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15387 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15389 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15390 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15391 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15392 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15393 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15394 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15395 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15396 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15397 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15400 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15402 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15404 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15406 cmd_list_element
*commands_cmd_element
= nullptr;
15408 void _initialize_breakpoint ();
15410 _initialize_breakpoint ()
15412 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15414 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15416 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
,
15418 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
,
15420 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
,
15423 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15424 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15425 before a breakpoint is set. */
15426 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15428 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15430 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15431 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15432 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15434 commands_cmd_element
= add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
,
15435 commands_command
, _("\
15436 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15437 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15438 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15440 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15441 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15442 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15443 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15444 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15446 const auto cc_opts
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (nullptr);
15447 static std::string condition_command_help
15448 = gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15449 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15450 Usage is `condition [OPTION] N COND', where N is an integer and COND\n\
15451 is an expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached.\n\
15454 %OPTIONS%"), cc_opts
);
15456 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
,
15457 condition_command_help
.c_str ());
15458 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, condition_completer
);
15460 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15461 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15462 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15463 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15464 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15466 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15467 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15469 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15470 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15471 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15472 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15474 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15475 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15477 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15478 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15479 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15480 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15482 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15483 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15485 cmd_list_element
*enable_cmd
15486 = add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15487 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15488 Usage: enable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15489 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15490 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15491 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15492 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15493 &enablelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
15495 add_com_alias ("en", enable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15497 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15498 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15499 Usage: enable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15500 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15501 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15502 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\"."),
15503 &enablebreaklist
, 1, &enablelist
);
15505 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15506 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
15507 Usage: enable breakpoints once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15508 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15511 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15512 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15513 Usage: enable breakpoints delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15514 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15517 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15518 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15519 Usage: enable breakpoints count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15520 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15521 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15524 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15525 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15526 Usage: enable delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15527 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15530 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15531 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
15532 Usage: enable once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15533 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15536 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15537 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15538 Usage: enable count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15539 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15540 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15543 cmd_list_element
*disable_cmd
15544 = add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15545 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15546 Usage: disable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15547 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15548 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15549 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15550 &disablelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
15551 add_com_alias ("dis", disable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15552 add_com_alias ("disa", disable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15554 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15555 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15556 Usage: disable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15557 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15558 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15559 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15560 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15563 cmd_list_element
*delete_cmd
15564 = add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15565 Delete all or some breakpoints.\n\
15566 Usage: delete [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15567 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15568 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15570 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects."),
15571 &deletelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
15572 add_com_alias ("d", delete_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15573 add_com_alias ("del", delete_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15575 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15576 Delete all or some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15577 Usage: delete breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15578 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15579 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15580 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15583 cmd_list_element
*clear_cmd
15584 = add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15585 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15586 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15588 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15589 is executing in.\n"
15590 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15591 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15592 add_com_alias ("cl", clear_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15594 cmd_list_element
*break_cmd
15595 = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15596 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15597 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15598 set_cmd_completer (break_cmd
, location_completer
);
15600 add_com_alias ("b", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15601 add_com_alias ("br", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15602 add_com_alias ("bre", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15603 add_com_alias ("brea", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15607 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15608 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15609 &stoplist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
15610 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15611 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15612 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15613 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15614 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15615 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15616 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15617 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15618 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15619 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15620 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15621 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15622 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15624 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15625 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15626 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15627 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15628 breakpoint set."));
15631 cmd_list_element
*info_breakpoints_cmd
15632 = add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15633 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15634 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15635 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15636 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15637 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15638 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15639 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15640 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15642 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15643 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15644 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15645 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15646 breakpoint set."));
15648 add_info_alias ("b", info_breakpoints_cmd
, 1);
15650 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15651 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15652 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15653 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15654 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15655 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15656 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15657 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15658 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15659 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15660 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15661 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15662 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15664 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15665 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15666 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15667 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15669 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15671 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
15672 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15674 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15676 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
15677 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15679 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15681 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15682 catch_fork_command_1
,
15684 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15685 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15686 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15687 catch_fork_command_1
,
15689 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15690 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15691 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15692 catch_exec_command_1
,
15696 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15697 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15698 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15699 catch_load_command_1
,
15703 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15704 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15705 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15706 catch_unload_command_1
,
15711 const auto opts
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
15713 static const std::string watch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15714 Set a watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15715 Usage: watch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15720 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15721 an expression changes."), opts
);
15722 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
,
15723 watch_help
.c_str ());
15724 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15726 static const std::string rwatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15727 Set a read watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15728 Usage: rwatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15733 A read watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15734 an expression is read."), opts
);
15735 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
,
15736 rwatch_help
.c_str ());
15737 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15739 static const std::string awatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15740 Set an access watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15741 Usage: awatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15746 An access watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value\n\
15747 of an expression is either read or written."), opts
);
15748 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
,
15749 awatch_help
.c_str ());
15750 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15752 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15753 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15755 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15756 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15757 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15758 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15759 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15760 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15761 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15762 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15763 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15766 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15767 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15769 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15771 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15773 cmd_list_element
*trace_cmd
15774 = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15775 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15777 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15778 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15779 set_cmd_completer (trace_cmd
, location_completer
);
15781 add_com_alias ("tp", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 0);
15782 add_com_alias ("tr", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15783 add_com_alias ("tra", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15784 add_com_alias ("trac", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15786 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15787 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15789 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15790 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15791 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15793 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15794 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15796 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15797 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15798 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15799 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15800 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15801 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15802 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15803 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15804 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15806 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15807 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15808 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15809 conditions are different.\n\
15811 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15812 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15813 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15815 cmd_list_element
*info_tracepoints_cmd
15816 = add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15817 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15818 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15819 last tracepoint set."));
15821 add_info_alias ("tp", info_tracepoints_cmd
, 1);
15823 cmd_list_element
*delete_tracepoints_cmd
15824 = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15825 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15826 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15827 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15829 add_alias_cmd ("tr", delete_tracepoints_cmd
, class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15831 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15832 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15833 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15834 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15836 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15838 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15839 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15840 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15841 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15843 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15845 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15846 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15847 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15848 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15849 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15851 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
,
15852 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15854 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15856 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15857 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15858 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15859 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15860 session to restore them."),
15862 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15864 cmd_list_element
*save_tracepoints_cmd
15865 = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15866 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15867 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15869 set_cmd_completer (save_tracepoints_cmd
, filename_completer
);
15871 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", save_tracepoints_cmd
, class_trace
, 0);
15872 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15874 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, _("\
15875 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
15876 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15877 pending breakpoint behavior."),
15878 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15879 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
15880 add_show_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, _("\
15881 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
15882 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15883 pending breakpoint behavior."),
15884 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
,
15885 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
15887 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15888 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15889 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15890 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15891 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15892 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15893 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15894 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15896 show_pending_break_support
,
15897 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15898 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15900 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15902 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15903 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15904 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15905 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15906 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15907 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15908 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15910 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15911 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15912 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15914 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15915 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15916 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15917 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15918 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15919 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15920 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15921 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15922 when execution stops."),
15924 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
15925 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15926 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15928 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
15929 condition_evaluation_enums
,
15930 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
15931 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15932 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15933 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15934 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15935 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15936 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15937 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15938 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15939 be set to \"host\"."),
15940 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15941 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15942 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15943 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15945 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
15946 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15947 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15948 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15949 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15950 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15951 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15952 or the start of the range\n\
15953 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15954 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15955 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15957 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15958 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15959 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15961 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
15962 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
15963 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
15964 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
15965 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
15966 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15968 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
15969 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
15970 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15971 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15972 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
15973 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
15974 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
15975 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
15976 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
15977 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
15978 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15979 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15981 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
15982 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
15983 &dprintf_function
, _("\
15984 Set the function to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
15985 Show the function to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
15986 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15987 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15989 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
15990 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
15991 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
15992 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
15993 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
15994 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15995 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15997 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
15998 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
15999 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16000 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16001 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16002 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16005 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16007 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16008 Target agent only formatted printing, like the C \"printf\" function.\n\
16009 Usage: agent-printf \"format string\", ARG1, ARG2, ARG3, ..., ARGN\n\
16010 This supports most C printf format specifications, like %s, %d, etc.\n\
16011 This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16013 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= true;
16015 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
,
16017 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
,